* efaq-w32.texi (Tramp ssh): Remove also pscp1 and pscp2.
[emacs.git] / src / w32fns.c
blob66f532c3721272779babdcce8741dda4a91e27db
1 /* Graphical user interface functions for the Microsoft Windows API.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1992-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
22 #include <config.h>
24 #include <signal.h>
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <limits.h>
27 #include <errno.h>
28 #include <math.h>
29 #include <fcntl.h>
30 #include <unistd.h>
32 #include "lisp.h"
33 #include "w32term.h"
34 #include "frame.h"
35 #include "window.h"
36 #include "character.h"
37 #include "buffer.h"
38 #include "intervals.h"
39 #include "dispextern.h"
40 #include "keyboard.h"
41 #include "blockinput.h"
42 #include "epaths.h"
43 #include "charset.h"
44 #include "coding.h"
45 #include "ccl.h"
46 #include "fontset.h"
47 #include "systime.h"
48 #include "termhooks.h"
50 #include "w32common.h"
52 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
53 #include "w32heap.h"
54 #include <mbstring.h>
55 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
57 #if CYGWIN
58 #include "cygw32.h"
59 #else
60 #include "w32.h"
61 #endif
63 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
65 #include <commctrl.h>
66 #include <commdlg.h>
67 #include <shellapi.h>
68 #include <ctype.h>
69 #include <winspool.h>
70 #include <objbase.h>
72 #include <dlgs.h>
73 #include <imm.h>
75 #include "font.h"
76 #include "w32font.h"
78 #ifndef FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
79 #define FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS 0x2000
80 #endif
82 void syms_of_w32fns (void);
83 void globals_of_w32fns (void);
85 extern void free_frame_menubar (struct frame *);
86 extern int w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int, Lisp_Object);
87 extern void w32_menu_display_help (HWND, HMENU, UINT, UINT);
88 extern void w32_free_menu_strings (HWND);
89 extern const char *map_w32_filename (const char *, const char **);
90 extern char * w32_strerror (int error_no);
92 /* If non-NULL, a handle to a frame where to display the hourglass cursor. */
93 static HWND hourglass_hwnd = NULL;
95 #ifndef IDC_HAND
96 #define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
97 #endif
99 Lisp_Object Qsuppress_icon;
100 Lisp_Object Qundefined_color;
101 Lisp_Object Qcancel_timer;
102 Lisp_Object Qfont_param;
103 Lisp_Object Qhyper;
104 Lisp_Object Qsuper;
105 Lisp_Object Qmeta;
106 Lisp_Object Qalt;
107 Lisp_Object Qctrl;
108 Lisp_Object Qcontrol;
109 Lisp_Object Qshift;
110 static Lisp_Object Qgeometry, Qworkarea, Qmm_size, Qframes;
113 /* Prefix for system colors. */
114 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX "System"
115 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX) - 1)
117 /* State variables for emulating a three button mouse. */
118 #define LMOUSE 1
119 #define MMOUSE 2
120 #define RMOUSE 4
122 static int button_state = 0;
123 static W32Msg saved_mouse_button_msg;
124 static unsigned mouse_button_timer = 0; /* non-zero when timer is active */
125 static W32Msg saved_mouse_move_msg;
126 static unsigned mouse_move_timer = 0;
128 /* Window that is tracking the mouse. */
129 static HWND track_mouse_window;
131 /* Multi-monitor API definitions that are not pulled from the headers
132 since we are compiling for NT 4. */
133 #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
134 #define MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST 2
135 #endif
136 #ifndef MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
137 #define MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY 1
138 #endif
139 #ifndef SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN
140 #define SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN 76
141 #endif
142 #ifndef SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN
143 #define SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN 77
144 #endif
145 /* MinGW headers define MONITORINFO unconditionally, but MSVC ones don't.
146 To avoid a compile error on one or the other, redefine with a new name. */
147 struct MONITOR_INFO
149 DWORD cbSize;
150 RECT rcMonitor;
151 RECT rcWork;
152 DWORD dwFlags;
155 #ifndef CCHDEVICENAME
156 #define CCHDEVICENAME 32
157 #endif
158 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX
160 DWORD cbSize;
161 RECT rcMonitor;
162 RECT rcWork;
163 DWORD dwFlags;
164 char szDevice[CCHDEVICENAME];
167 /* Reportedly, MSVC does not have this in its headers. */
168 #if defined (_MSC_VER) && _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500
169 DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR);
170 #endif
172 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * TrackMouseEvent_Proc)
173 (IN OUT LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT lpEventTrack);
174 typedef LONG (WINAPI * ImmGetCompositionString_Proc)
175 (IN HIMC context, IN DWORD index, OUT LPVOID buffer, IN DWORD bufLen);
176 typedef HIMC (WINAPI * ImmGetContext_Proc) (IN HWND window);
177 typedef HWND (WINAPI * ImmReleaseContext_Proc) (IN HWND wnd, IN HIMC context);
178 typedef HWND (WINAPI * ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc) (IN HIMC context,
179 IN COMPOSITIONFORM *form);
180 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI * MonitorFromPoint_Proc) (IN POINT pt, IN DWORD flags);
181 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * GetMonitorInfo_Proc)
182 (IN HMONITOR monitor, OUT struct MONITOR_INFO* info);
183 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI * MonitorFromWindow_Proc)
184 (IN HWND hwnd, IN DWORD dwFlags);
185 typedef BOOL CALLBACK (* MonitorEnum_Proc)
186 (IN HMONITOR monitor, IN HDC hdc, IN RECT *rcMonitor, IN LPARAM dwData);
187 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc)
188 (IN HDC hdc, IN RECT *rcClip, IN MonitorEnum_Proc fnEnum, IN LPARAM dwData);
190 TrackMouseEvent_Proc track_mouse_event_fn = NULL;
191 ImmGetCompositionString_Proc get_composition_string_fn = NULL;
192 ImmGetContext_Proc get_ime_context_fn = NULL;
193 ImmReleaseContext_Proc release_ime_context_fn = NULL;
194 ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc set_ime_composition_window_fn = NULL;
195 MonitorFromPoint_Proc monitor_from_point_fn = NULL;
196 GetMonitorInfo_Proc get_monitor_info_fn = NULL;
197 MonitorFromWindow_Proc monitor_from_window_fn = NULL;
198 EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc enum_display_monitors_fn = NULL;
200 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
201 #define unicode_append_menu AppendMenuW
202 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
203 extern AppendMenuW_Proc unicode_append_menu;
204 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
206 /* Flag to selectively ignore WM_IME_CHAR messages. */
207 static int ignore_ime_char = 0;
209 /* W95 mousewheel handler */
210 unsigned int msh_mousewheel = 0;
212 /* Timers */
213 #define MOUSE_BUTTON_ID 1
214 #define MOUSE_MOVE_ID 2
215 #define MENU_FREE_ID 3
216 /* The delay (milliseconds) before a menu is freed after WM_EXITMENULOOP
217 is received. */
218 #define MENU_FREE_DELAY 1000
219 static unsigned menu_free_timer = 0;
221 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
222 static int image_cache_refcount, dpyinfo_refcount;
223 #endif
225 static HWND w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd;
227 static int w32_unicode_gui;
229 /* From w32menu.c */
230 extern HMENU current_popup_menu;
231 static int menubar_in_use = 0;
233 /* From w32uniscribe.c */
234 extern void syms_of_w32uniscribe (void);
235 extern int uniscribe_available;
237 /* Function prototypes for hourglass support. */
238 static void w32_show_hourglass (struct frame *);
239 static void w32_hide_hourglass (void);
241 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
242 /* From w32inevt.c */
243 extern int faked_key;
244 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
246 /* This gives us the page size and the size of the allocation unit on NT. */
247 SYSTEM_INFO sysinfo_cache;
249 /* This gives us version, build, and platform identification. */
250 OSVERSIONINFO osinfo_cache;
252 DWORD_PTR syspage_mask = 0;
254 /* The major and minor versions of NT. */
255 int w32_major_version;
256 int w32_minor_version;
257 int w32_build_number;
259 /* Distinguish between Windows NT and Windows 95. */
260 int os_subtype;
262 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
263 HINSTANCE hinst = NULL;
264 #endif
266 static unsigned int sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
267 #define MB_EMACS_SILENT (0xFFFFFFFF - 1)
269 /* Let the user specify a display with a frame.
270 nil stands for the selected frame--or, if that is not a w32 frame,
271 the first display on the list. */
273 struct w32_display_info *
274 check_x_display_info (Lisp_Object frame)
276 if (NILP (frame))
278 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame);
280 if (FRAME_W32_P (sf) && FRAME_LIVE_P (sf))
281 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (sf);
282 else
283 return &one_w32_display_info;
285 else if (STRINGP (frame))
286 return x_display_info_for_name (frame);
287 else
289 struct frame *f;
291 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame);
292 f = XFRAME (frame);
293 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
294 error ("Non-W32 frame used");
295 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
299 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an w32 window.
300 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
302 struct frame *
303 x_window_to_frame (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo, HWND wdesc)
305 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
306 struct frame *f;
308 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
310 f = XFRAME (frame);
311 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) != dpyinfo)
312 continue;
314 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == wdesc)
315 return f;
317 return 0;
321 static Lisp_Object unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object);
322 static void unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object);
323 static void my_create_window (struct frame *);
324 static void my_create_tip_window (struct frame *);
326 /* TODO: Native Input Method support; see x_create_im. */
327 void x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
328 void x_set_background_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
329 void x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
330 void x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
331 void x_set_border_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
332 void x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
333 void x_set_icon_type (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
334 void x_set_icon_name (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
335 void x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
336 void x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
337 void x_set_title (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
338 void x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
343 /* Store the screen positions of frame F into XPTR and YPTR.
344 These are the positions of the containing window manager window,
345 not Emacs's own window. */
347 void
348 x_real_positions (struct frame *f, int *xptr, int *yptr)
350 POINT pt;
351 RECT rect;
353 /* Get the bounds of the WM window. */
354 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
356 pt.x = 0;
357 pt.y = 0;
359 /* Convert (0, 0) in the client area to screen co-ordinates. */
360 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt);
362 /* Remember x_pixels_diff and y_pixels_diff. */
363 f->x_pixels_diff = pt.x - rect.left;
364 f->y_pixels_diff = pt.y - rect.top;
366 *xptr = rect.left;
367 *yptr = rect.top;
370 /* Returns the window rectangle appropriate for the given fullscreen mode.
371 The normal rect parameter was the window's rectangle prior to entering
372 fullscreen mode. If multiple monitor support is available, the nearest
373 monitor to the window is chosen. */
375 void
376 w32_fullscreen_rect (HWND hwnd, int fsmode, RECT normal, RECT *rect)
378 struct MONITOR_INFO mi = { sizeof(mi) };
379 if (monitor_from_window_fn && get_monitor_info_fn)
381 HMONITOR monitor =
382 monitor_from_window_fn (hwnd, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
383 get_monitor_info_fn (monitor, &mi);
385 else
387 mi.rcMonitor.left = 0;
388 mi.rcMonitor.top = 0;
389 mi.rcMonitor.right = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSCREEN);
390 mi.rcMonitor.bottom = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSCREEN);
391 mi.rcWork.left = 0;
392 mi.rcWork.top = 0;
393 mi.rcWork.right = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMAXIMIZED);
394 mi.rcWork.bottom = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMAXIMIZED);
397 switch (fsmode)
399 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH:
400 rect->left = mi.rcMonitor.left;
401 rect->top = mi.rcMonitor.top;
402 rect->right = mi.rcMonitor.right;
403 rect->bottom = mi.rcMonitor.bottom;
404 break;
405 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH:
406 rect->left = mi.rcWork.left;
407 rect->top = normal.top;
408 rect->right = mi.rcWork.right;
409 rect->bottom = normal.bottom;
410 break;
411 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT:
412 rect->left = normal.left;
413 rect->top = mi.rcWork.top;
414 rect->right = normal.right;
415 rect->bottom = mi.rcWork.bottom;
416 break;
417 default:
418 *rect = normal;
419 break;
425 DEFUN ("w32-define-rgb-color", Fw32_define_rgb_color,
426 Sw32_define_rgb_color, 4, 4, 0,
427 doc: /* Convert RGB numbers to a Windows color reference and associate with NAME.
428 This adds or updates a named color to `w32-color-map', making it
429 available for use. The original entry's RGB ref is returned, or nil
430 if the entry is new. */)
431 (Lisp_Object red, Lisp_Object green, Lisp_Object blue, Lisp_Object name)
433 Lisp_Object rgb;
434 Lisp_Object oldrgb = Qnil;
435 Lisp_Object entry;
437 CHECK_NUMBER (red);
438 CHECK_NUMBER (green);
439 CHECK_NUMBER (blue);
440 CHECK_STRING (name);
442 XSETINT (rgb, RGB (XUINT (red), XUINT (green), XUINT (blue)));
444 block_input ();
446 /* replace existing entry in w32-color-map or add new entry. */
447 entry = Fassoc (name, Vw32_color_map);
448 if (NILP (entry))
450 entry = Fcons (name, rgb);
451 Vw32_color_map = Fcons (entry, Vw32_color_map);
453 else
455 oldrgb = Fcdr (entry);
456 Fsetcdr (entry, rgb);
459 unblock_input ();
461 return (oldrgb);
464 /* The default colors for the w32 color map */
465 typedef struct colormap_t
467 char *name;
468 COLORREF colorref;
469 } colormap_t;
471 colormap_t w32_color_map[] =
473 {"snow" , PALETTERGB (255,250,250)},
474 {"ghost white" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
475 {"GhostWhite" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
476 {"white smoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
477 {"WhiteSmoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
478 {"gainsboro" , PALETTERGB (220,220,220)},
479 {"floral white" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
480 {"FloralWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
481 {"old lace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
482 {"OldLace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
483 {"linen" , PALETTERGB (250,240,230)},
484 {"antique white" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
485 {"AntiqueWhite" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
486 {"papaya whip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
487 {"PapayaWhip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
488 {"blanched almond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
489 {"BlanchedAlmond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
490 {"bisque" , PALETTERGB (255,228,196)},
491 {"peach puff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
492 {"PeachPuff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
493 {"navajo white" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
494 {"NavajoWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
495 {"moccasin" , PALETTERGB (255,228,181)},
496 {"cornsilk" , PALETTERGB (255,248,220)},
497 {"ivory" , PALETTERGB (255,255,240)},
498 {"lemon chiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
499 {"LemonChiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
500 {"seashell" , PALETTERGB (255,245,238)},
501 {"honeydew" , PALETTERGB (240,255,240)},
502 {"mint cream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
503 {"MintCream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
504 {"azure" , PALETTERGB (240,255,255)},
505 {"alice blue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
506 {"AliceBlue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
507 {"lavender" , PALETTERGB (230,230,250)},
508 {"lavender blush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
509 {"LavenderBlush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
510 {"misty rose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
511 {"MistyRose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
512 {"white" , PALETTERGB (255,255,255)},
513 {"black" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
514 {"dark slate gray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
515 {"DarkSlateGray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
516 {"dark slate grey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
517 {"DarkSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
518 {"dim gray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
519 {"DimGray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
520 {"dim grey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
521 {"DimGrey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
522 {"slate gray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
523 {"SlateGray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
524 {"slate grey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
525 {"SlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
526 {"light slate gray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
527 {"LightSlateGray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
528 {"light slate grey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
529 {"LightSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
530 {"gray" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
531 {"grey" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
532 {"light grey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
533 {"LightGrey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
534 {"light gray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
535 {"LightGray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
536 {"midnight blue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
537 {"MidnightBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
538 {"navy" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
539 {"navy blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
540 {"NavyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
541 {"cornflower blue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
542 {"CornflowerBlue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
543 {"dark slate blue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
544 {"DarkSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
545 {"slate blue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
546 {"SlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
547 {"medium slate blue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
548 {"MediumSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
549 {"light slate blue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
550 {"LightSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
551 {"medium blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
552 {"MediumBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
553 {"royal blue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
554 {"RoyalBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
555 {"blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,255)},
556 {"dodger blue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
557 {"DodgerBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
558 {"deep sky blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
559 {"DeepSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
560 {"sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
561 {"SkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
562 {"light sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
563 {"LightSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
564 {"steel blue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
565 {"SteelBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
566 {"light steel blue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
567 {"LightSteelBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
568 {"light blue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
569 {"LightBlue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
570 {"powder blue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
571 {"PowderBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
572 {"pale turquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
573 {"PaleTurquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
574 {"dark turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
575 {"DarkTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
576 {"medium turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
577 {"MediumTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
578 {"turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 64,224,208)},
579 {"cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,255)},
580 {"light cyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
581 {"LightCyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
582 {"cadet blue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
583 {"CadetBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
584 {"medium aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
585 {"MediumAquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
586 {"aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (127,255,212)},
587 {"dark green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
588 {"DarkGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
589 {"dark olive green" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
590 {"DarkOliveGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
591 {"dark sea green" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
592 {"DarkSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
593 {"sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
594 {"SeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
595 {"medium sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
596 {"MediumSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
597 {"light sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
598 {"LightSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
599 {"pale green" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
600 {"PaleGreen" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
601 {"spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
602 {"SpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
603 {"lawn green" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
604 {"LawnGreen" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
605 {"green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255, 0)},
606 {"chartreuse" , PALETTERGB (127,255, 0)},
607 {"medium spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
608 {"MediumSpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
609 {"green yellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
610 {"GreenYellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
611 {"lime green" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
612 {"LimeGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
613 {"yellow green" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
614 {"YellowGreen" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
615 {"forest green" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
616 {"ForestGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
617 {"olive drab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
618 {"OliveDrab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
619 {"dark khaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
620 {"DarkKhaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
621 {"khaki" , PALETTERGB (240,230,140)},
622 {"pale goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
623 {"PaleGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
624 {"light goldenrod yellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
625 {"LightGoldenrodYellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
626 {"light yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
627 {"LightYellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
628 {"yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255, 0)},
629 {"gold" , PALETTERGB (255,215, 0)},
630 {"light goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
631 {"LightGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
632 {"goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (218,165, 32)},
633 {"dark goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
634 {"DarkGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
635 {"rosy brown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
636 {"RosyBrown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
637 {"indian red" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
638 {"IndianRed" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
639 {"saddle brown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
640 {"SaddleBrown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
641 {"sienna" , PALETTERGB (160, 82, 45)},
642 {"peru" , PALETTERGB (205,133, 63)},
643 {"burlywood" , PALETTERGB (222,184,135)},
644 {"beige" , PALETTERGB (245,245,220)},
645 {"wheat" , PALETTERGB (245,222,179)},
646 {"sandy brown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
647 {"SandyBrown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
648 {"tan" , PALETTERGB (210,180,140)},
649 {"chocolate" , PALETTERGB (210,105, 30)},
650 {"firebrick" , PALETTERGB (178,34, 34)},
651 {"brown" , PALETTERGB (165,42, 42)},
652 {"dark salmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
653 {"DarkSalmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
654 {"salmon" , PALETTERGB (250,128,114)},
655 {"light salmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
656 {"LightSalmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
657 {"orange" , PALETTERGB (255,165, 0)},
658 {"dark orange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
659 {"DarkOrange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
660 {"coral" , PALETTERGB (255,127, 80)},
661 {"light coral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
662 {"LightCoral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
663 {"tomato" , PALETTERGB (255, 99, 71)},
664 {"orange red" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
665 {"OrangeRed" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
666 {"red" , PALETTERGB (255, 0, 0)},
667 {"hot pink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
668 {"HotPink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
669 {"deep pink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
670 {"DeepPink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
671 {"pink" , PALETTERGB (255,192,203)},
672 {"light pink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
673 {"LightPink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
674 {"pale violet red" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
675 {"PaleVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
676 {"maroon" , PALETTERGB (176, 48, 96)},
677 {"medium violet red" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
678 {"MediumVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
679 {"violet red" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
680 {"VioletRed" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
681 {"magenta" , PALETTERGB (255, 0,255)},
682 {"violet" , PALETTERGB (238,130,238)},
683 {"plum" , PALETTERGB (221,160,221)},
684 {"orchid" , PALETTERGB (218,112,214)},
685 {"medium orchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
686 {"MediumOrchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
687 {"dark orchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
688 {"DarkOrchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
689 {"dark violet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
690 {"DarkViolet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
691 {"blue violet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
692 {"BlueViolet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
693 {"purple" , PALETTERGB (160, 32,240)},
694 {"medium purple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
695 {"MediumPurple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
696 {"thistle" , PALETTERGB (216,191,216)},
697 {"gray0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
698 {"grey0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
699 {"dark grey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
700 {"DarkGrey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
701 {"dark gray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
702 {"DarkGray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
703 {"dark blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
704 {"DarkBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
705 {"dark cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
706 {"DarkCyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
707 {"dark magenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
708 {"DarkMagenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
709 {"dark red" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
710 {"DarkRed" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
711 {"light green" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
712 {"LightGreen" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
715 static Lisp_Object
716 w32_default_color_map (void)
718 int i;
719 colormap_t *pc = w32_color_map;
720 Lisp_Object cmap;
722 block_input ();
724 cmap = Qnil;
726 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (w32_color_map) / sizeof (w32_color_map[0]);
727 pc++, i++)
728 cmap = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (pc->name),
729 make_number (pc->colorref)),
730 cmap);
732 unblock_input ();
734 return (cmap);
737 DEFUN ("w32-default-color-map", Fw32_default_color_map, Sw32_default_color_map,
738 0, 0, 0, doc: /* Return the default color map. */)
739 (void)
741 return w32_default_color_map ();
744 static Lisp_Object
745 w32_color_map_lookup (const char *colorname)
747 Lisp_Object tail, ret = Qnil;
749 block_input ();
751 for (tail = Vw32_color_map; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
753 register Lisp_Object elt, tem;
755 elt = XCAR (tail);
756 if (!CONSP (elt)) continue;
758 tem = XCAR (elt);
760 if (lstrcmpi (SDATA (tem), colorname) == 0)
762 ret = Fcdr (elt);
763 break;
766 QUIT;
769 unblock_input ();
771 return ret;
775 static void
776 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (Lisp_Object *system_colors)
778 HKEY colors_key;
780 /* Other registry operations are done with input blocked. */
781 block_input ();
783 /* Look for "Control Panel/Colors" under User and Machine registry
784 settings. */
785 if (RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_CURRENT_USER, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
786 KEY_READ, &colors_key) == ERROR_SUCCESS
787 || RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
788 KEY_READ, &colors_key) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
790 /* List all keys. */
791 char color_buffer[64];
792 char full_name_buffer[MAX_PATH + SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN];
793 int index = 0;
794 DWORD name_size, color_size;
795 char *name_buffer = full_name_buffer + SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
797 name_size = sizeof (full_name_buffer) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
798 color_size = sizeof (color_buffer);
800 strcpy (full_name_buffer, SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX);
802 while (RegEnumValueA (colors_key, index, name_buffer, &name_size,
803 NULL, NULL, color_buffer, &color_size)
804 == ERROR_SUCCESS)
806 int r, g, b;
807 if (sscanf (color_buffer, " %u %u %u", &r, &g, &b) == 3)
808 *system_colors = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (full_name_buffer),
809 make_number (RGB (r, g, b))),
810 *system_colors);
812 name_size = sizeof (full_name_buffer) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
813 color_size = sizeof (color_buffer);
814 index++;
816 RegCloseKey (colors_key);
819 unblock_input ();
823 static Lisp_Object
824 x_to_w32_color (const char * colorname)
826 register Lisp_Object ret = Qnil;
828 block_input ();
830 if (colorname[0] == '#')
832 /* Could be an old-style RGB Device specification. */
833 int size = strlen (colorname + 1);
834 char *color = alloca (size + 1);
836 strcpy (color, colorname + 1);
837 if (size == 3 || size == 6 || size == 9 || size == 12)
839 UINT colorval;
840 int i, pos;
841 pos = 0;
842 size /= 3;
843 colorval = 0;
845 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
847 char *end;
848 char t;
849 unsigned long value;
851 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
852 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
853 our numbers, and we don't. */
854 if (!isxdigit (color[0]) || color[1] == 'x')
855 break;
856 t = color[size];
857 color[size] = '\0';
858 value = strtoul (color, &end, 16);
859 color[size] = t;
860 if (errno == ERANGE || end - color != size)
861 break;
862 switch (size)
864 case 1:
865 value = value * 0x10;
866 break;
867 case 2:
868 break;
869 case 3:
870 value /= 0x10;
871 break;
872 case 4:
873 value /= 0x100;
874 break;
876 colorval |= (value << pos);
877 pos += 0x8;
878 if (i == 2)
880 unblock_input ();
881 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
882 return ret;
884 color = end;
888 else if (strnicmp (colorname, "rgb:", 4) == 0)
890 const char *color;
891 UINT colorval;
892 int i, pos;
893 pos = 0;
895 colorval = 0;
896 color = colorname + 4;
897 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
899 char *end;
900 unsigned long value;
902 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
903 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
904 our numbers, and we don't. */
905 if (!isxdigit (color[0]) || color[1] == 'x')
906 break;
907 value = strtoul (color, &end, 16);
908 if (errno == ERANGE)
909 break;
910 switch (end - color)
912 case 1:
913 value = value * 0x10 + value;
914 break;
915 case 2:
916 break;
917 case 3:
918 value /= 0x10;
919 break;
920 case 4:
921 value /= 0x100;
922 break;
923 default:
924 value = ULONG_MAX;
926 if (value == ULONG_MAX)
927 break;
928 colorval |= (value << pos);
929 pos += 0x8;
930 if (i == 2)
932 if (*end != '\0')
933 break;
934 unblock_input ();
935 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
936 return ret;
938 if (*end != '/')
939 break;
940 color = end + 1;
943 else if (strnicmp (colorname, "rgbi:", 5) == 0)
945 /* This is an RGB Intensity specification. */
946 const char *color;
947 UINT colorval;
948 int i, pos;
949 pos = 0;
951 colorval = 0;
952 color = colorname + 5;
953 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
955 char *end;
956 double value;
957 UINT val;
959 value = strtod (color, &end);
960 if (errno == ERANGE)
961 break;
962 if (value < 0.0 || value > 1.0)
963 break;
964 val = (UINT)(0x100 * value);
965 /* We used 0x100 instead of 0xFF to give a continuous
966 range between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive. The next statement
967 fixes the 1.0 case. */
968 if (val == 0x100)
969 val = 0xFF;
970 colorval |= (val << pos);
971 pos += 0x8;
972 if (i == 2)
974 if (*end != '\0')
975 break;
976 unblock_input ();
977 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
978 return ret;
980 if (*end != '/')
981 break;
982 color = end + 1;
985 /* I am not going to attempt to handle any of the CIE color schemes
986 or TekHVC, since I don't know the algorithms for conversion to
987 RGB. */
989 /* If we fail to lookup the color name in w32_color_map, then check the
990 colorname to see if it can be crudely approximated: If the X color
991 ends in a number (e.g., "darkseagreen2"), strip the number and
992 return the result of looking up the base color name. */
993 ret = w32_color_map_lookup (colorname);
994 if (NILP (ret))
996 int len = strlen (colorname);
998 if (isdigit (colorname[len - 1]))
1000 char *ptr, *approx = alloca (len + 1);
1002 strcpy (approx, colorname);
1003 ptr = &approx[len - 1];
1004 while (ptr > approx && isdigit (*ptr))
1005 *ptr-- = '\0';
1007 ret = w32_color_map_lookup (approx);
1011 unblock_input ();
1012 return ret;
1015 void
1016 w32_regenerate_palette (struct frame *f)
1018 struct w32_palette_entry * list;
1019 LOGPALETTE * log_palette;
1020 HPALETTE new_palette;
1021 int i;
1023 /* don't bother trying to create palette if not supported */
1024 if (! FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->has_palette)
1025 return;
1027 log_palette = (LOGPALETTE *)
1028 alloca (sizeof (LOGPALETTE) +
1029 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors * sizeof (PALETTEENTRY));
1030 log_palette->palVersion = 0x300;
1031 log_palette->palNumEntries = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors;
1033 list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1034 for (i = 0;
1035 i < FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors;
1036 i++, list = list->next)
1037 log_palette->palPalEntry[i] = list->entry;
1039 new_palette = CreatePalette (log_palette);
1041 enter_crit ();
1043 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette)
1044 DeleteObject (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette);
1045 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette = new_palette;
1047 /* Realize display palette and garbage all frames. */
1048 release_frame_dc (f, get_frame_dc (f));
1050 leave_crit ();
1053 #define W32_COLOR(pe) RGB (pe.peRed, pe.peGreen, pe.peBlue)
1054 #define SET_W32_COLOR(pe, color) \
1055 do \
1057 pe.peRed = GetRValue (color); \
1058 pe.peGreen = GetGValue (color); \
1059 pe.peBlue = GetBValue (color); \
1060 pe.peFlags = 0; \
1061 } while (0)
1063 #if 0
1064 /* Keep these around in case we ever want to track color usage. */
1065 void
1066 w32_map_color (struct frame *f, COLORREF color)
1068 struct w32_palette_entry * list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1070 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1071 return;
1073 /* check if color is already mapped */
1074 while (list)
1076 if (W32_COLOR (list->entry) == color)
1078 ++list->refcount;
1079 return;
1081 list = list->next;
1084 /* not already mapped, so add to list and recreate Windows palette */
1085 list = xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry));
1086 SET_W32_COLOR (list->entry, color);
1087 list->refcount = 1;
1088 list->next = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1089 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list = list;
1090 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors++;
1092 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1093 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = TRUE;
1096 void
1097 w32_unmap_color (struct frame *f, COLORREF color)
1099 struct w32_palette_entry * list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1100 struct w32_palette_entry **prev = &FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1102 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1103 return;
1105 /* check if color is already mapped */
1106 while (list)
1108 if (W32_COLOR (list->entry) == color)
1110 if (--list->refcount == 0)
1112 *prev = list->next;
1113 xfree (list);
1114 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors--;
1115 break;
1117 else
1118 return;
1120 prev = &list->next;
1121 list = list->next;
1124 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1125 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = TRUE;
1127 #endif
1130 /* Gamma-correct COLOR on frame F. */
1132 void
1133 gamma_correct (struct frame *f, COLORREF *color)
1135 if (f->gamma)
1137 *color = PALETTERGB (
1138 pow (GetRValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1139 pow (GetGValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1140 pow (GetBValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5);
1145 /* Decide if color named COLOR is valid for the display associated with
1146 the selected frame; if so, return the rgb values in COLOR_DEF.
1147 If ALLOC is nonzero, allocate a new colormap cell. */
1150 w32_defined_color (struct frame *f, const char *color, XColor *color_def, int alloc)
1152 register Lisp_Object tem;
1153 COLORREF w32_color_ref;
1155 tem = x_to_w32_color (color);
1157 if (!NILP (tem))
1159 if (f)
1161 /* Apply gamma correction. */
1162 w32_color_ref = XUINT (tem);
1163 gamma_correct (f, &w32_color_ref);
1164 XSETINT (tem, w32_color_ref);
1167 /* Map this color to the palette if it is enabled. */
1168 if (!NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1170 struct w32_palette_entry * entry =
1171 one_w32_display_info.color_list;
1172 struct w32_palette_entry ** prev =
1173 &one_w32_display_info.color_list;
1175 /* check if color is already mapped */
1176 while (entry)
1178 if (W32_COLOR (entry->entry) == XUINT (tem))
1179 break;
1180 prev = &entry->next;
1181 entry = entry->next;
1184 if (entry == NULL && alloc)
1186 /* not already mapped, so add to list */
1187 entry = xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry));
1188 SET_W32_COLOR (entry->entry, XUINT (tem));
1189 entry->next = NULL;
1190 *prev = entry;
1191 one_w32_display_info.num_colors++;
1193 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1194 one_w32_display_info.regen_palette = TRUE;
1197 /* Ensure COLORREF value is snapped to nearest color in (default)
1198 palette by simulating the PALETTERGB macro. This works whether
1199 or not the display device has a palette. */
1200 w32_color_ref = XUINT (tem) | 0x2000000;
1202 color_def->pixel = w32_color_ref;
1203 color_def->red = GetRValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1204 color_def->green = GetGValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1205 color_def->blue = GetBValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1207 return 1;
1209 else
1211 return 0;
1215 /* Given a string ARG naming a color, compute a pixel value from it
1216 suitable for screen F.
1217 If F is not a color screen, return DEF (default) regardless of what
1218 ARG says. */
1221 x_decode_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, int def)
1223 XColor cdef;
1225 CHECK_STRING (arg);
1227 if (strcmp (SDATA (arg), "black") == 0)
1228 return BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f);
1229 else if (strcmp (SDATA (arg), "white") == 0)
1230 return WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f);
1232 if ((FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes * FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_cbits) == 1)
1233 return def;
1235 /* w32_defined_color is responsible for coping with failures
1236 by looking for a near-miss. */
1237 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (arg), &cdef, 1))
1238 return cdef.pixel;
1240 /* defined_color failed; return an ultimate default. */
1241 return def;
1246 /* Functions called only from `x_set_frame_param'
1247 to set individual parameters.
1249 If FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) is 0,
1250 the frame is being created and its window does not exist yet.
1251 In that case, just record the parameter's new value
1252 in the standard place; do not attempt to change the window. */
1254 void
1255 x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1257 struct w32_output *x = f->output_data.w32;
1258 PIX_TYPE fg, old_fg;
1260 fg = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1261 old_fg = FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1262 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f) = fg;
1264 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1266 if (x->cursor_pixel == old_fg)
1268 x->cursor_pixel = fg;
1269 x->cursor_gc->background = fg;
1272 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qforeground_color, arg);
1273 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1274 redraw_frame (f);
1278 void
1279 x_set_background_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1281 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
1282 = x_decode_color (f, arg, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1284 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1286 SetWindowLong (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX,
1287 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1289 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qbackground_color, arg);
1291 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1292 redraw_frame (f);
1296 void
1297 x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1299 Cursor cursor, nontext_cursor, mode_cursor, hand_cursor;
1300 int count;
1301 int mask_color;
1303 if (!EQ (Qnil, arg))
1304 f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel
1305 = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1306 mask_color = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1308 /* Don't let pointers be invisible. */
1309 if (mask_color == f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel
1310 && mask_color == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f))
1311 f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel = FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1313 #if 0 /* TODO : Mouse cursor customization. */
1314 block_input ();
1316 /* It's not okay to crash if the user selects a screwy cursor. */
1317 count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1319 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_pointer_shape))
1321 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_pointer_shape);
1322 cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XINT (Vx_pointer_shape));
1324 else
1325 cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_xterm);
1326 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad text pointer cursor: %s");
1328 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_nontext_pointer_shape))
1330 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape);
1331 nontext_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1332 XINT (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape));
1334 else
1335 nontext_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_left_ptr);
1336 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1338 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape))
1340 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape);
1341 hourglass_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1342 XINT (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape));
1344 else
1345 hourglass_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_watch);
1346 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad busy pointer cursor: %s");
1348 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1349 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_mode_pointer_shape))
1351 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_mode_pointer_shape);
1352 mode_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1353 XINT (Vx_mode_pointer_shape));
1355 else
1356 mode_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_xterm);
1357 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad modeline pointer cursor: %s");
1359 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape))
1361 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape);
1362 hand_cursor
1363 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1364 XINT (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape));
1366 else
1367 hand_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_crosshair);
1369 if (!NILP (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape))
1371 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape);
1372 horizontal_drag_cursor
1373 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
1374 XINT (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape));
1376 else
1377 horizontal_drag_cursor
1378 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XC_sb_h_double_arrow);
1380 if (!NILP (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape))
1382 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape);
1383 vertical_drag_cursor
1384 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
1385 XINT (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape));
1387 else
1388 vertical_drag_cursor
1389 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XC_sb_v_double_arrow);
1391 /* Check and report errors with the above calls. */
1392 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "can't set cursor shape: %s");
1393 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), count);
1396 XColor fore_color, back_color;
1398 fore_color.pixel = f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel;
1399 back_color.pixel = mask_color;
1400 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1401 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1402 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f))),
1403 &fore_color);
1404 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1405 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1406 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f))),
1407 &back_color);
1408 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), cursor,
1409 &fore_color, &back_color);
1410 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), nontext_cursor,
1411 &fore_color, &back_color);
1412 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), mode_cursor,
1413 &fore_color, &back_color);
1414 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), hand_cursor,
1415 &fore_color, &back_color);
1416 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), hourglass_cursor,
1417 &fore_color, &back_color);
1420 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1421 XDefineCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), cursor);
1423 if (cursor != f->output_data.w32->text_cursor && f->output_data.w32->text_cursor != 0)
1424 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->text_cursor);
1425 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor = cursor;
1427 if (nontext_cursor != f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor
1428 && f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor != 0)
1429 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor);
1430 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor = nontext_cursor;
1432 if (hourglass_cursor != f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor
1433 && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor != 0)
1434 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
1435 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor = hourglass_cursor;
1437 if (mode_cursor != f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor
1438 && f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor != 0)
1439 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor);
1440 f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor = mode_cursor;
1442 if (hand_cursor != f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor
1443 && f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor != 0)
1444 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor);
1445 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor = hand_cursor;
1447 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1448 unblock_input ();
1450 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qmouse_color, arg);
1451 #endif /* TODO */
1454 void
1455 x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1457 unsigned long fore_pixel, pixel;
1459 if (!NILP (Vx_cursor_fore_pixel))
1460 fore_pixel = x_decode_color (f, Vx_cursor_fore_pixel,
1461 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1462 else
1463 fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1465 pixel = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1467 /* Make sure that the cursor color differs from the background color. */
1468 if (pixel == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f))
1470 pixel = f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel;
1471 if (pixel == fore_pixel)
1472 fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1475 f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel = fore_pixel;
1476 f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel = pixel;
1478 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1480 block_input ();
1481 /* Update frame's cursor_gc. */
1482 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc->foreground = fore_pixel;
1483 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc->background = pixel;
1485 unblock_input ();
1487 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1489 x_update_cursor (f, 0);
1490 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
1494 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qcursor_color, arg);
1497 /* Set the border-color of frame F to pixel value PIX.
1498 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1499 F has a window. */
1501 void
1502 x_set_border_pixel (struct frame *f, int pix)
1505 f->output_data.w32->border_pixel = pix;
1507 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0 && f->border_width > 0)
1509 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1510 redraw_frame (f);
1514 /* Set the border-color of frame F to value described by ARG.
1515 ARG can be a string naming a color.
1516 The border-color is used for the border that is drawn by the server.
1517 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1518 F has a window; it must be redone when the window is created. */
1520 void
1521 x_set_border_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1523 int pix;
1525 CHECK_STRING (arg);
1526 pix = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1527 x_set_border_pixel (f, pix);
1528 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qborder_color, arg);
1532 void
1533 x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1535 set_frame_cursor_types (f, arg);
1538 void
1539 x_set_icon_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1541 int result;
1543 if (NILP (arg) && NILP (oldval))
1544 return;
1546 if (STRINGP (arg) && STRINGP (oldval)
1547 && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt))
1548 return;
1550 if (SYMBOLP (arg) && SYMBOLP (oldval) && EQ (arg, oldval))
1551 return;
1553 block_input ();
1555 result = x_bitmap_icon (f, arg);
1556 if (result)
1558 unblock_input ();
1559 error ("No icon window available");
1562 unblock_input ();
1565 void
1566 x_set_icon_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1568 if (STRINGP (arg))
1570 if (STRINGP (oldval) && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt))
1571 return;
1573 else if (!NILP (arg) || NILP (oldval))
1574 return;
1576 fset_icon_name (f, arg);
1578 #if 0
1579 if (f->output_data.w32->icon_bitmap != 0)
1580 return;
1582 block_input ();
1584 result = x_text_icon (f,
1585 SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name)
1586 ? f->icon_name
1587 : !NILP (f->title)
1588 ? f->title
1589 : f->name)));
1591 if (result)
1593 unblock_input ();
1594 error ("No icon window available");
1597 /* If the window was unmapped (and its icon was mapped),
1598 the new icon is not mapped, so map the window in its stead. */
1599 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1601 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1602 XtPopup (f->output_data.w32->widget, XtGrabNone);
1603 #endif
1604 XMapWindow (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
1607 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1608 unblock_input ();
1609 #endif
1613 void
1614 x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval)
1616 int nlines;
1618 /* Right now, menu bars don't work properly in minibuf-only frames;
1619 most of the commands try to apply themselves to the minibuffer
1620 frame itself, and get an error because you can't switch buffers
1621 in or split the minibuffer window. */
1622 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
1623 return;
1625 if (INTEGERP (value))
1626 nlines = XINT (value);
1627 else
1628 nlines = 0;
1630 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) = 0;
1631 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0;
1632 if (nlines)
1633 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 1;
1634 else
1636 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) == 1)
1637 free_frame_menubar (f);
1638 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 0;
1640 /* Adjust the frame size so that the client (text) dimensions
1641 remain the same. This depends on FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR being
1642 set correctly. */
1643 x_set_window_size (f, 0, FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f), FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), 1);
1644 do_pending_window_change (0);
1646 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
1650 /* Set the number of lines used for the tool bar of frame F to VALUE.
1651 VALUE not an integer, or < 0 means set the lines to zero. OLDVAL is
1652 the old number of tool bar lines (and is unused). This function may
1653 change the height of all windows on frame F to match the new tool bar
1654 height. By design, the frame's height doesn't change (but maybe it
1655 should if we don't get enough space otherwise). */
1657 void
1658 x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval)
1660 int delta, nlines, root_height;
1661 int unit = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
1663 /* Treat tool bars like menu bars. */
1664 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
1665 return;
1667 /* Use VALUE only if an integer >= 0. */
1668 if (INTEGERP (value) && XINT (value) >= 0)
1669 nlines = XFASTINT (value);
1670 else
1671 nlines = 0;
1673 /* Make sure we redisplay all windows in this frame. */
1674 windows_or_buffers_changed = 23;
1676 /* DELTA is in pixels now. */
1677 delta = (nlines - FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)) * unit;
1679 /* Don't resize the tool-bar to more than we have room for. Note: The
1680 calculations below and the subsequent call to resize_frame_windows
1681 are inherently flawed because they can make the toolbar higher than
1682 the containing frame. */
1683 if (delta > 0)
1685 root_height = WINDOW_PIXEL_HEIGHT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
1686 if (root_height - delta < unit)
1688 delta = root_height - unit;
1689 /* When creating a new frame and toolbar mode is enabled, we
1690 need at least one toolbar line. */
1691 nlines = max (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) + delta / unit, 1);
1695 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) = nlines;
1696 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = nlines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
1697 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
1698 resize_frame_windows (f, FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), 0, 1);
1699 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
1701 /* We also have to make sure that the internal border at the top of
1702 the frame, below the menu bar or tool bar, is redrawn when the
1703 tool bar disappears. This is so because the internal border is
1704 below the tool bar if one is displayed, but is below the menu bar
1705 if there isn't a tool bar. The tool bar draws into the area
1706 below the menu bar. */
1707 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) && FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) == 0)
1709 clear_frame (f);
1710 clear_current_matrices (f);
1713 /* If the tool bar gets smaller, the internal border below it
1714 has to be cleared. It was formerly part of the display
1715 of the larger tool bar, and updating windows won't clear it. */
1716 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) != 0 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1718 int height = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
1719 int width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
1720 int y = nlines * unit;
1721 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
1723 block_input ();
1724 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, 0, y, width, height);
1725 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
1726 unblock_input ();
1729 if (delta < 0 && WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window))
1730 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix);
1732 run_window_configuration_change_hook (f);
1736 /* Change the name of frame F to NAME. If NAME is nil, set F's name to
1737 w32_id_name.
1739 If EXPLICIT is non-zero, that indicates that lisp code is setting the
1740 name; if NAME is a string, set F's name to NAME and set
1741 F->explicit_name; if NAME is Qnil, then clear F->explicit_name.
1743 If EXPLICIT is zero, that indicates that Emacs redisplay code is
1744 suggesting a new name, which lisp code should override; if
1745 F->explicit_name is set, ignore the new name; otherwise, set it. */
1747 void
1748 x_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, int explicit)
1750 /* Make sure that requests from lisp code override requests from
1751 Emacs redisplay code. */
1752 if (explicit)
1754 /* If we're switching from explicit to implicit, we had better
1755 update the mode lines and thereby update the title. */
1756 if (f->explicit_name && NILP (name))
1757 update_mode_lines = 25;
1759 f->explicit_name = ! NILP (name);
1761 else if (f->explicit_name)
1762 return;
1764 /* If NAME is nil, set the name to the w32_id_name. */
1765 if (NILP (name))
1767 /* Check for no change needed in this very common case
1768 before we do any consing. */
1769 if (!strcmp (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_id_name,
1770 SDATA (f->name)))
1771 return;
1772 name = build_string (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_id_name);
1774 else
1775 CHECK_STRING (name);
1777 /* Don't change the name if it's already NAME. */
1778 if (! NILP (Fstring_equal (name, f->name)))
1779 return;
1781 fset_name (f, name);
1783 /* For setting the frame title, the title parameter should override
1784 the name parameter. */
1785 if (! NILP (f->title))
1786 name = f->title;
1788 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
1790 block_input ();
1791 GUI_FN (SetWindowText) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
1792 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name)));
1793 unblock_input ();
1797 /* This function should be called when the user's lisp code has
1798 specified a name for the frame; the name will override any set by the
1799 redisplay code. */
1800 void
1801 x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1803 x_set_name (f, arg, 1);
1806 /* This function should be called by Emacs redisplay code to set the
1807 name; names set this way will never override names set by the user's
1808 lisp code. */
1809 void
1810 x_implicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1812 x_set_name (f, arg, 0);
1815 /* Change the title of frame F to NAME.
1816 If NAME is nil, use the frame name as the title. */
1818 void
1819 x_set_title (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, Lisp_Object old_name)
1821 /* Don't change the title if it's already NAME. */
1822 if (EQ (name, f->title))
1823 return;
1825 update_mode_lines = 26;
1827 fset_title (f, name);
1829 if (NILP (name))
1830 name = f->name;
1832 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
1834 block_input ();
1835 GUI_FN (SetWindowText) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
1836 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name)));
1837 unblock_input ();
1841 void
1842 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (struct frame *f)
1844 int unit = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
1846 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL);
1847 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f)
1848 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + unit - 1) / unit;
1852 /* Subroutines for creating a frame. */
1854 Cursor
1855 w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR name)
1857 /* Try first to load cursor from application resource. */
1858 Cursor cursor = LoadImage ((HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle (NULL),
1859 name, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0,
1860 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_SHARED);
1861 if (!cursor)
1863 /* Then try to load a shared predefined cursor. */
1864 cursor = LoadImage (NULL, name, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0,
1865 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_SHARED);
1867 return cursor;
1870 static LRESULT CALLBACK w32_wnd_proc (HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM);
1872 #define INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(WC) \
1873 (WC).style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; \
1874 (WC).lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC) w32_wnd_proc; \
1875 (WC).cbClsExtra = 0; \
1876 (WC).cbWndExtra = WND_EXTRA_BYTES; \
1877 (WC).hInstance = hinst; \
1878 (WC).hIcon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); \
1879 (WC).hCursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW); \
1880 (WC).hbrBackground = NULL; \
1881 (WC).lpszMenuName = NULL; \
1883 static BOOL
1884 w32_init_class (HINSTANCE hinst)
1886 if (w32_unicode_gui)
1888 WNDCLASSW uwc;
1889 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(uwc);
1890 uwc.lpszClassName = L"Emacs";
1892 return RegisterClassW (&uwc);
1894 else
1896 WNDCLASS wc;
1897 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(wc);
1898 wc.lpszClassName = EMACS_CLASS;
1900 return RegisterClassA (&wc);
1904 static HWND
1905 w32_createscrollbar (struct frame *f, struct scroll_bar * bar)
1907 return CreateWindow ("SCROLLBAR", "", SBS_VERT | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE,
1908 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
1909 bar->left, bar->top, bar->width, bar->height,
1910 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), NULL, hinst, NULL);
1913 static void
1914 w32_createwindow (struct frame *f)
1916 HWND hwnd;
1917 RECT rect;
1918 Lisp_Object top = Qunbound;
1919 Lisp_Object left = Qunbound;
1920 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
1922 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
1923 rect.right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
1924 rect.bottom = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
1926 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
1927 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
1929 /* Do first time app init */
1931 w32_init_class (hinst);
1933 if (f->size_hint_flags & USPosition || f->size_hint_flags & PPosition)
1935 XSETINT (left, f->left_pos);
1936 XSETINT (top, f->top_pos);
1938 else if (EQ (left, Qunbound) && EQ (top, Qunbound))
1940 /* When called with RES_TYPE_NUMBER, w32_get_arg will return zero
1941 for anything that is not a number and is not Qunbound. */
1942 left = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, Qnil, Qleft, "left", "Left", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
1943 top = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, Qnil, Qtop, "top", "Top", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
1946 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) = hwnd
1947 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS,
1948 f->namebuf,
1949 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
1950 EQ (left, Qunbound) ? CW_USEDEFAULT : XINT (left),
1951 EQ (top, Qunbound) ? CW_USEDEFAULT : XINT (top),
1952 rect.right - rect.left,
1953 rect.bottom - rect.top,
1954 NULL,
1955 NULL,
1956 hinst,
1957 NULL);
1959 if (hwnd)
1961 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f));
1962 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f));
1963 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
1964 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (f));
1965 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1967 /* Enable drag-n-drop. */
1968 DragAcceptFiles (hwnd, TRUE);
1970 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
1971 ShowWindow (hwnd, SW_HIDE);
1973 /* Update frame positions. */
1974 GetWindowRect (hwnd, &rect);
1975 f->left_pos = rect.left;
1976 f->top_pos = rect.top;
1980 static void
1981 my_post_msg (W32Msg * wmsg, HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
1983 wmsg->msg.hwnd = hwnd;
1984 wmsg->msg.message = msg;
1985 wmsg->msg.wParam = wParam;
1986 wmsg->msg.lParam = lParam;
1987 wmsg->msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
1989 post_msg (wmsg);
1992 /* GetKeyState and MapVirtualKey on Windows 95 do not actually distinguish
1993 between left and right keys as advertised. We test for this
1994 support dynamically, and set a flag when the support is absent. If
1995 absent, we keep track of the left and right control and alt keys
1996 ourselves. This is particularly necessary on keyboards that rely
1997 upon the AltGr key, which is represented as having the left control
1998 and right alt keys pressed. For these keyboards, we need to know
1999 when the left alt key has been pressed in addition to the AltGr key
2000 so that we can properly support M-AltGr-key sequences (such as M-@
2001 on Swedish keyboards). */
2003 #define EMACS_LCONTROL 0
2004 #define EMACS_RCONTROL 1
2005 #define EMACS_LMENU 2
2006 #define EMACS_RMENU 3
2008 static int modifiers[4];
2009 static int modifiers_recorded;
2010 static int modifier_key_support_tested;
2012 static void
2013 test_modifier_support (unsigned int wparam)
2015 unsigned int l, r;
2017 if (wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU)
2018 return;
2019 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2021 l = VK_LCONTROL;
2022 r = VK_RCONTROL;
2024 else
2026 l = VK_LMENU;
2027 r = VK_RMENU;
2029 if (!(GetKeyState (l) & 0x8000) && !(GetKeyState (r) & 0x8000))
2030 modifiers_recorded = 1;
2031 else
2032 modifiers_recorded = 0;
2033 modifier_key_support_tested = 1;
2036 static void
2037 record_keydown (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2039 int i;
2041 if (!modifier_key_support_tested)
2042 test_modifier_support (wparam);
2044 if ((wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU) || !modifiers_recorded)
2045 return;
2047 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2048 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL : EMACS_LCONTROL;
2049 else
2050 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU : EMACS_LMENU;
2052 modifiers[i] = 1;
2055 static void
2056 record_keyup (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2058 int i;
2060 if ((wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU) || !modifiers_recorded)
2061 return;
2063 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2064 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL : EMACS_LCONTROL;
2065 else
2066 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU : EMACS_LMENU;
2068 modifiers[i] = 0;
2071 /* Emacs can lose focus while a modifier key has been pressed. When
2072 it regains focus, be conservative and clear all modifiers since
2073 we cannot reconstruct the left and right modifier state. */
2074 static void
2075 reset_modifiers (void)
2077 SHORT ctrl, alt;
2079 if (GetFocus () == NULL)
2080 /* Emacs doesn't have keyboard focus. Do nothing. */
2081 return;
2083 ctrl = GetAsyncKeyState (VK_CONTROL);
2084 alt = GetAsyncKeyState (VK_MENU);
2086 if (!(ctrl & 0x08000))
2087 /* Clear any recorded control modifier state. */
2088 modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL] = modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL] = 0;
2090 if (!(alt & 0x08000))
2091 /* Clear any recorded alt modifier state. */
2092 modifiers[EMACS_RMENU] = modifiers[EMACS_LMENU] = 0;
2094 /* Update the state of all modifier keys, because modifiers used in
2095 hot-key combinations can get stuck on if Emacs loses focus as a
2096 result of a hot-key being pressed. */
2098 BYTE keystate[256];
2100 #define CURRENT_STATE(key) ((GetAsyncKeyState (key) & 0x8000) >> 8)
2102 GetKeyboardState (keystate);
2103 keystate[VK_SHIFT] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_SHIFT);
2104 keystate[VK_CONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_CONTROL);
2105 keystate[VK_LCONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LCONTROL);
2106 keystate[VK_RCONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RCONTROL);
2107 keystate[VK_MENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_MENU);
2108 keystate[VK_LMENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LMENU);
2109 keystate[VK_RMENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RMENU);
2110 keystate[VK_LWIN] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LWIN);
2111 keystate[VK_RWIN] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RWIN);
2112 keystate[VK_APPS] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_APPS);
2113 SetKeyboardState (keystate);
2117 /* Synchronize modifier state with what is reported with the current
2118 keystroke. Even if we cannot distinguish between left and right
2119 modifier keys, we know that, if no modifiers are set, then neither
2120 the left or right modifier should be set. */
2121 static void
2122 sync_modifiers (void)
2124 if (!modifiers_recorded)
2125 return;
2127 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000))
2128 modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL] = modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL] = 0;
2130 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_MENU) & 0x8000))
2131 modifiers[EMACS_RMENU] = modifiers[EMACS_LMENU] = 0;
2134 static int
2135 modifier_set (int vkey)
2137 /* Warning: The fact that VK_NUMLOCK is not treated as the other 2
2138 toggle keys is not an omission! If you want to add it, you will
2139 have to make changes in the default sub-case of the WM_KEYDOWN
2140 switch, because if the NUMLOCK modifier is set, the code there
2141 will directly convert any key that looks like an ASCII letter,
2142 and also downcase those that look like upper-case ASCII. */
2143 if (vkey == VK_CAPITAL)
2145 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
2146 return 0;
2147 else
2148 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x1);
2150 if (vkey == VK_SCROLL)
2152 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier)
2153 /* w32-scroll-lock-modifier can be any non-nil value that is
2154 not one of the modifiers, in which case it shall be ignored. */
2155 || !( EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qhyper)
2156 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qsuper)
2157 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qmeta)
2158 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qalt)
2159 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qcontrol)
2160 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qshift)))
2161 return 0;
2162 else
2163 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x1);
2166 if (!modifiers_recorded)
2167 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x8000);
2169 switch (vkey)
2171 case VK_LCONTROL:
2172 return modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL];
2173 case VK_RCONTROL:
2174 return modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL];
2175 case VK_LMENU:
2176 return modifiers[EMACS_LMENU];
2177 case VK_RMENU:
2178 return modifiers[EMACS_RMENU];
2180 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x8000);
2183 /* Convert between the modifier bits W32 uses and the modifier bits
2184 Emacs uses. */
2186 unsigned int
2187 w32_key_to_modifier (int key)
2189 Lisp_Object key_mapping;
2191 switch (key)
2193 case VK_LWIN:
2194 key_mapping = Vw32_lwindow_modifier;
2195 break;
2196 case VK_RWIN:
2197 key_mapping = Vw32_rwindow_modifier;
2198 break;
2199 case VK_APPS:
2200 key_mapping = Vw32_apps_modifier;
2201 break;
2202 case VK_SCROLL:
2203 key_mapping = Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier;
2204 break;
2205 default:
2206 key_mapping = Qnil;
2209 /* NB. This code runs in the input thread, asynchronously to the lisp
2210 thread, so we must be careful to ensure access to lisp data is
2211 thread-safe. The following code is safe because the modifier
2212 variable values are updated atomically from lisp and symbols are
2213 not relocated by GC. Also, we don't have to worry about seeing GC
2214 markbits here. */
2215 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qhyper))
2216 return hyper_modifier;
2217 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qsuper))
2218 return super_modifier;
2219 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qmeta))
2220 return meta_modifier;
2221 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qalt))
2222 return alt_modifier;
2223 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qctrl))
2224 return ctrl_modifier;
2225 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qcontrol)) /* synonym for ctrl */
2226 return ctrl_modifier;
2227 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qshift))
2228 return shift_modifier;
2230 /* Don't generate any modifier if not explicitly requested. */
2231 return 0;
2234 static unsigned int
2235 w32_get_modifiers (void)
2237 return ((modifier_set (VK_SHIFT) ? shift_modifier : 0) |
2238 (modifier_set (VK_CONTROL) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) |
2239 (modifier_set (VK_LWIN) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN) : 0) |
2240 (modifier_set (VK_RWIN) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN) : 0) |
2241 (modifier_set (VK_APPS) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS) : 0) |
2242 (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL) : 0) |
2243 (modifier_set (VK_MENU) ?
2244 ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta)) ? alt_modifier : meta_modifier) : 0));
2247 /* We map the VK_* modifiers into console modifier constants
2248 so that we can use the same routines to handle both console
2249 and window input. */
2251 static int
2252 construct_console_modifiers (void)
2254 int mods;
2256 mods = 0;
2257 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_SHIFT)) ? SHIFT_PRESSED : 0;
2258 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_CAPITAL)) ? CAPSLOCK_ON : 0;
2259 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL)) ? SCROLLLOCK_ON : 0;
2260 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_NUMLOCK)) ? NUMLOCK_ON : 0;
2261 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL)) ? LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED : 0;
2262 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RCONTROL)) ? RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED : 0;
2263 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LMENU)) ? LEFT_ALT_PRESSED : 0;
2264 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RMENU)) ? RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED : 0;
2265 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LWIN)) ? LEFT_WIN_PRESSED : 0;
2266 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RWIN)) ? RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED : 0;
2267 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_APPS)) ? APPS_PRESSED : 0;
2269 return mods;
2272 static int
2273 w32_get_key_modifiers (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2275 int mods;
2277 /* Convert to emacs modifiers. */
2278 mods = w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (construct_console_modifiers (), wparam);
2280 return mods;
2283 unsigned int
2284 map_keypad_keys (unsigned int virt_key, unsigned int extended)
2286 if (virt_key < VK_CLEAR || virt_key > VK_DELETE)
2287 return virt_key;
2289 if (virt_key == VK_RETURN)
2290 return (extended ? VK_NUMPAD_ENTER : VK_RETURN);
2292 if (virt_key >= VK_PRIOR && virt_key <= VK_DOWN)
2293 return (!extended ? (VK_NUMPAD_PRIOR + (virt_key - VK_PRIOR)) : virt_key);
2295 if (virt_key == VK_INSERT || virt_key == VK_DELETE)
2296 return (!extended ? (VK_NUMPAD_INSERT + (virt_key - VK_INSERT)) : virt_key);
2298 if (virt_key == VK_CLEAR)
2299 return (!extended ? VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR : virt_key);
2301 return virt_key;
2304 /* List of special key combinations which w32 would normally capture,
2305 but Emacs should grab instead. Not directly visible to lisp, to
2306 simplify synchronization. Each item is an integer encoding a virtual
2307 key code and modifier combination to capture. */
2308 static Lisp_Object w32_grabbed_keys;
2310 #define HOTKEY(vk, mods) make_number (((vk) & 255) | ((mods) << 8))
2311 #define HOTKEY_ID(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 0xbfff)
2312 #define HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 255)
2313 #define HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) (XFASTINT (k) >> 8)
2315 #define RAW_HOTKEY_ID(k) ((k) & 0xbfff)
2316 #define RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) ((k) & 255)
2317 #define RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) ((k) >> 8)
2319 /* Register hot-keys for reserved key combinations when Emacs has
2320 keyboard focus, since this is the only way Emacs can receive key
2321 combinations like Alt-Tab which are used by the system. */
2323 static void
2324 register_hot_keys (HWND hwnd)
2326 Lisp_Object keylist;
2328 /* Use CONSP, since we are called asynchronously. */
2329 for (keylist = w32_grabbed_keys; CONSP (keylist); keylist = XCDR (keylist))
2331 Lisp_Object key = XCAR (keylist);
2333 /* Deleted entries get set to nil. */
2334 if (!INTEGERP (key))
2335 continue;
2337 RegisterHotKey (hwnd, HOTKEY_ID (key),
2338 HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (key), HOTKEY_VK_CODE (key));
2342 static void
2343 unregister_hot_keys (HWND hwnd)
2345 Lisp_Object keylist;
2347 for (keylist = w32_grabbed_keys; CONSP (keylist); keylist = XCDR (keylist))
2349 Lisp_Object key = XCAR (keylist);
2351 if (!INTEGERP (key))
2352 continue;
2354 UnregisterHotKey (hwnd, HOTKEY_ID (key));
2358 #if EMACSDEBUG
2359 const char*
2360 w32_name_of_message (UINT msg)
2362 unsigned i;
2363 static char buf[64];
2364 static const struct {
2365 UINT msg;
2366 const char* name;
2367 } msgnames[] = {
2368 #define M(msg) { msg, # msg }
2369 M (WM_PAINT),
2370 M (WM_TIMER),
2371 M (WM_USER),
2372 M (WM_MOUSEMOVE),
2373 M (WM_LBUTTONUP),
2374 M (WM_KEYDOWN),
2375 M (WM_EMACS_KILL),
2376 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW),
2377 M (WM_EMACS_DONE),
2378 M (WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR),
2379 M (WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW),
2380 M (WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS),
2381 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW),
2382 M (WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU),
2383 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS),
2384 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND),
2385 M (WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE),
2386 M (WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT),
2387 M (WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY),
2388 M (WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY),
2389 M (WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY),
2390 M (WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET),
2391 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET),
2392 M (WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET),
2393 M (WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET),
2394 M (WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR),
2395 M (WM_EMACS_PAINT),
2396 M (WM_CHAR),
2397 #undef M
2398 { 0, 0 }
2401 for (i = 0; msgnames[i].name; ++i)
2402 if (msgnames[i].msg == msg)
2403 return msgnames[i].name;
2405 sprintf (buf, "message 0x%04x", (unsigned)msg);
2406 return buf;
2408 #endif /* EMACSDEBUG */
2410 /* Here's an overview of how Emacs input works in GUI sessions on
2411 MS-Windows. (For description of non-GUI input, see the commentary
2412 before w32_console_read_socket in w32inevt.c.)
2414 System messages are read and processed by w32_msg_pump below. This
2415 function runs in a separate thread. It handles a small number of
2416 custom WM_EMACS_* messages (posted by the main thread, look for
2417 PostMessage calls), and dispatches the rest to w32_wnd_proc, which
2418 is the main window procedure for the entire Emacs application.
2420 w32_wnd_proc also runs in the same separate input thread. It
2421 handles some messages, mostly those that need GDI calls, by itself.
2422 For the others, it calls my_post_msg, which inserts the messages
2423 into the input queue serviced by w32_read_socket.
2425 w32_read_socket runs in the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread, and is
2426 called synchronously from keyboard.c when it is known or suspected
2427 that some input is available. w32_read_socket either handles
2428 messages immediately, or converts them into Emacs input events and
2429 stuffs them into kbd_buffer, where kbd_buffer_get_event can get at
2430 them and process them when read_char and its callers require
2431 input.
2433 Under Cygwin with the W32 toolkit, the use of /dev/windows with
2434 select(2) takes the place of w32_read_socket.
2438 /* Main message dispatch loop. */
2440 static void
2441 w32_msg_pump (deferred_msg * msg_buf)
2443 MSG msg;
2444 WPARAM result;
2445 HWND focus_window;
2447 msh_mousewheel = RegisterWindowMessage (MSH_MOUSEWHEEL);
2449 while ((w32_unicode_gui ? GetMessageW : GetMessageA) (&msg, NULL, 0, 0))
2452 /* DebPrint (("w32_msg_pump: %s time:%u\n", */
2453 /* w32_name_of_message (msg.message), msg.time)); */
2455 if (msg.hwnd == NULL)
2457 switch (msg.message)
2459 case WM_NULL:
2460 /* Produced by complete_deferred_msg; just ignore. */
2461 break;
2462 case WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW:
2463 /* Initialize COM for this window. Even though we don't use it,
2464 some third party shell extensions can cause it to be used in
2465 system dialogs, which causes a crash if it is not initialized.
2466 This is a known bug in Windows, which was fixed long ago, but
2467 the patch for XP is not publicly available until XP SP3,
2468 and older versions will never be patched. */
2469 CoInitialize (NULL);
2470 w32_createwindow ((struct frame *) msg.wParam);
2471 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2472 emacs_abort ();
2473 break;
2474 case WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE:
2475 SetThreadLocale (msg.wParam);
2476 /* Reply is not expected. */
2477 break;
2478 case WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT:
2479 result = (WPARAM) ActivateKeyboardLayout ((HKL) msg.wParam, 0);
2480 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE,
2481 result, 0))
2482 emacs_abort ();
2483 break;
2484 case WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY:
2485 focus_window = GetFocus ();
2486 if (focus_window != NULL)
2487 RegisterHotKey (focus_window,
2488 RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg.wParam),
2489 RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (msg.wParam),
2490 RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE (msg.wParam));
2491 /* Reply is not expected. */
2492 break;
2493 case WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY:
2494 focus_window = GetFocus ();
2495 if (focus_window != NULL)
2496 UnregisterHotKey (focus_window, RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg.wParam));
2497 /* Mark item as erased. NB: this code must be
2498 thread-safe. The next line is okay because the cons
2499 cell is never made into garbage and is not relocated by
2500 GC. */
2501 XSETCAR (XIL ((EMACS_INT) msg.lParam), Qnil);
2502 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2503 emacs_abort ();
2504 break;
2505 case WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY:
2507 int vk_code = (int) msg.wParam;
2508 int cur_state = (GetKeyState (vk_code) & 1);
2509 Lisp_Object new_state = XIL ((EMACS_INT) msg.lParam);
2511 /* NB: This code must be thread-safe. It is safe to
2512 call NILP because symbols are not relocated by GC,
2513 and pointer here is not touched by GC (so the markbit
2514 can't be set). Numbers are safe because they are
2515 immediate values. */
2516 if (NILP (new_state)
2517 || (NUMBERP (new_state)
2518 && ((XUINT (new_state)) & 1) != cur_state))
2520 one_w32_display_info.faked_key = vk_code;
2522 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2523 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2524 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
2525 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2526 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2527 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
2528 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2529 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2530 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
2531 cur_state = !cur_state;
2533 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE,
2534 cur_state, 0))
2535 emacs_abort ();
2537 break;
2538 #ifdef MSG_DEBUG
2539 /* Broadcast messages make it here, so you need to be looking
2540 for something in particular for this to be useful. */
2541 default:
2542 DebPrint (("msg %x not expected by w32_msg_pump\n", msg.message));
2543 #endif
2546 else
2548 if (w32_unicode_gui)
2549 DispatchMessageW (&msg);
2550 else
2551 DispatchMessageA (&msg);
2554 /* Exit nested loop when our deferred message has completed. */
2555 if (msg_buf->completed)
2556 break;
2560 deferred_msg * deferred_msg_head;
2562 static deferred_msg *
2563 find_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd, UINT msg)
2565 deferred_msg * item;
2567 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2568 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2569 /* enter_crit (); */
2571 for (item = deferred_msg_head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
2572 if (item->w32msg.msg.hwnd == hwnd
2573 && item->w32msg.msg.message == msg)
2574 break;
2576 /* leave_crit (); */
2578 return item;
2581 static LRESULT
2582 send_deferred_msg (deferred_msg * msg_buf,
2583 HWND hwnd,
2584 UINT msg,
2585 WPARAM wParam,
2586 LPARAM lParam)
2588 /* Only input thread can send deferred messages. */
2589 if (GetCurrentThreadId () != dwWindowsThreadId)
2590 emacs_abort ();
2592 /* It is an error to send a message that is already deferred. */
2593 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg) != NULL)
2594 emacs_abort ();
2596 /* Enforced synchronization is not needed because this is the only
2597 function that alters deferred_msg_head, and the following critical
2598 section is guaranteed to only be serially reentered (since only the
2599 input thread can call us). */
2601 /* enter_crit (); */
2603 msg_buf->completed = 0;
2604 msg_buf->next = deferred_msg_head;
2605 deferred_msg_head = msg_buf;
2606 my_post_msg (&msg_buf->w32msg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2608 /* leave_crit (); */
2610 /* Start a new nested message loop to process other messages until
2611 this one is completed. */
2612 w32_msg_pump (msg_buf);
2614 deferred_msg_head = msg_buf->next;
2616 return msg_buf->result;
2619 void
2620 complete_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, LRESULT result)
2622 deferred_msg * msg_buf = find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg);
2624 if (msg_buf == NULL)
2625 /* Message may have been canceled, so don't abort. */
2626 return;
2628 msg_buf->result = result;
2629 msg_buf->completed = 1;
2631 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2632 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_NULL, 0, 0);
2635 static void
2636 cancel_all_deferred_msgs (void)
2638 deferred_msg * item;
2640 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2641 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2642 /* enter_crit (); */
2644 for (item = deferred_msg_head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
2646 item->result = 0;
2647 item->completed = 1;
2650 /* leave_crit (); */
2652 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2653 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_NULL, 0, 0);
2656 DWORD WINAPI
2657 w32_msg_worker (void *arg)
2659 MSG msg;
2660 deferred_msg dummy_buf;
2662 /* Ensure our message queue is created */
2664 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
2666 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2667 emacs_abort ();
2669 memset (&dummy_buf, 0, sizeof (dummy_buf));
2670 dummy_buf.w32msg.msg.hwnd = NULL;
2671 dummy_buf.w32msg.msg.message = WM_NULL;
2673 /* This is the initial message loop which should only exit when the
2674 application quits. */
2675 w32_msg_pump (&dummy_buf);
2677 return 0;
2680 static void
2681 signal_user_input (void)
2683 /* Interrupt any lisp that wants to be interrupted by input. */
2684 if (!NILP (Vthrow_on_input))
2686 Vquit_flag = Vthrow_on_input;
2687 /* Doing a QUIT from this thread is a bad idea, since this
2688 unwinds the stack of the Lisp thread, and the Windows runtime
2689 rightfully barfs. Disabled. */
2690 #if 0
2691 /* If we're inside a function that wants immediate quits,
2692 do it now. */
2693 if (immediate_quit && NILP (Vinhibit_quit))
2695 immediate_quit = 0;
2696 QUIT;
2698 #endif
2703 static void
2704 post_character_message (HWND hwnd, UINT msg,
2705 WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam,
2706 DWORD modifiers)
2708 W32Msg wmsg;
2710 wmsg.dwModifiers = modifiers;
2712 /* Detect quit_char and set quit-flag directly. Note that we
2713 still need to post a message to ensure the main thread will be
2714 woken up if blocked in sys_select, but we do NOT want to post
2715 the quit_char message itself (because it will usually be as if
2716 the user had typed quit_char twice). Instead, we post a dummy
2717 message that has no particular effect. */
2719 int c = wParam;
2720 if (isalpha (c) && wmsg.dwModifiers == ctrl_modifier)
2721 c = make_ctrl_char (c) & 0377;
2722 if (c == quit_char
2723 || (wmsg.dwModifiers == 0
2724 && w32_quit_key && wParam == w32_quit_key))
2726 Vquit_flag = Qt;
2728 /* The choice of message is somewhat arbitrary, as long as
2729 the main thread handler just ignores it. */
2730 msg = WM_NULL;
2732 /* Interrupt any blocking system calls. */
2733 signal_quit ();
2735 /* As a safety precaution, forcibly complete any deferred
2736 messages. This is a kludge, but I don't see any particularly
2737 clean way to handle the situation where a deferred message is
2738 "dropped" in the lisp thread, and will thus never be
2739 completed, eg. by the user trying to activate the menubar
2740 when the lisp thread is busy, and then typing C-g when the
2741 menubar doesn't open promptly (with the result that the
2742 menubar never responds at all because the deferred
2743 WM_INITMENU message is never completed). Another problem
2744 situation is when the lisp thread calls SendMessage (to send
2745 a window manager command) when a message has been deferred;
2746 the lisp thread gets blocked indefinitely waiting for the
2747 deferred message to be completed, which itself is waiting for
2748 the lisp thread to respond.
2750 Note that we don't want to block the input thread waiting for
2751 a response from the lisp thread (although that would at least
2752 solve the deadlock problem above), because we want to be able
2753 to receive C-g to interrupt the lisp thread. */
2754 cancel_all_deferred_msgs ();
2756 else
2757 signal_user_input ();
2760 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2763 /* Main window procedure */
2765 static LRESULT CALLBACK
2766 w32_wnd_proc (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
2768 struct frame *f;
2769 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
2770 W32Msg wmsg;
2771 int windows_translate;
2772 int key;
2774 /* Note that it is okay to call x_window_to_frame, even though we are
2775 not running in the main lisp thread, because frame deletion
2776 requires the lisp thread to synchronize with this thread. Thus, if
2777 a frame struct is returned, it can be used without concern that the
2778 lisp thread might make it disappear while we are using it.
2780 NB. Walking the frame list in this thread is safe (as long as
2781 writes of Lisp_Object slots are atomic, which they are on Windows).
2782 Although delete-frame can destructively modify the frame list while
2783 we are walking it, a garbage collection cannot occur until after
2784 delete-frame has synchronized with this thread.
2786 It is also safe to use functions that make GDI calls, such as
2787 w32_clear_rect, because these functions must obtain a DC handle
2788 from the frame struct using get_frame_dc which is thread-aware. */
2790 switch (msg)
2792 case WM_ERASEBKGND:
2793 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2794 if (f)
2796 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
2797 GetUpdateRect (hwnd, &wmsg.rect, FALSE);
2798 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &wmsg.rect);
2799 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
2801 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2802 DebPrint (("WM_ERASEBKGND (frame %p): erasing %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2804 wmsg.rect.left, wmsg.rect.top,
2805 wmsg.rect.right, wmsg.rect.bottom));
2806 #endif /* W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY */
2808 return 1;
2809 case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
2810 /* ignore our own changes */
2811 if ((HWND)wParam != hwnd)
2813 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2814 if (f)
2815 /* get_frame_dc will realize our palette and force all
2816 frames to be redrawn if needed. */
2817 release_frame_dc (f, get_frame_dc (f));
2819 return 0;
2820 case WM_PAINT:
2822 PAINTSTRUCT paintStruct;
2823 RECT update_rect;
2824 memset (&update_rect, 0, sizeof (update_rect));
2826 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2827 if (f == 0)
2829 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT received for unknown window %p\n", hwnd));
2830 return 0;
2833 /* MSDN Docs say not to call BeginPaint if GetUpdateRect
2834 fails. Apparently this can happen under some
2835 circumstances. */
2836 if (GetUpdateRect (hwnd, &update_rect, FALSE) || !w32_strict_painting)
2838 enter_crit ();
2839 BeginPaint (hwnd, &paintStruct);
2841 /* The rectangles returned by GetUpdateRect and BeginPaint
2842 do not always match. Play it safe by assuming both areas
2843 are invalid. */
2844 UnionRect (&(wmsg.rect), &update_rect, &(paintStruct.rcPaint));
2846 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2847 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT (frame %p): painting %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2849 wmsg.rect.left, wmsg.rect.top,
2850 wmsg.rect.right, wmsg.rect.bottom));
2851 DebPrint ((" [update region is %d,%d-%d,%d]\n",
2852 update_rect.left, update_rect.top,
2853 update_rect.right, update_rect.bottom));
2854 #endif
2855 EndPaint (hwnd, &paintStruct);
2856 leave_crit ();
2858 /* Change the message type to prevent Windows from
2859 combining WM_PAINT messages in the Lisp thread's queue,
2860 since Windows assumes that each message queue is
2861 dedicated to one frame and does not bother checking
2862 that hwnd matches before combining them. */
2863 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_EMACS_PAINT, wParam, lParam);
2865 return 0;
2868 /* If GetUpdateRect returns 0 (meaning there is no update
2869 region), assume the whole window needs to be repainted. */
2870 GetClientRect (hwnd, &wmsg.rect);
2871 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2872 return 0;
2875 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
2876 /* Inform lisp thread of keyboard layout changes. */
2877 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2879 /* Clear dead keys in the keyboard state; for simplicity only
2880 preserve modifier key states. */
2882 int i;
2883 BYTE keystate[256];
2885 GetKeyboardState (keystate);
2886 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
2887 if (1
2888 && i != VK_SHIFT
2889 && i != VK_LSHIFT
2890 && i != VK_RSHIFT
2891 && i != VK_CAPITAL
2892 && i != VK_NUMLOCK
2893 && i != VK_SCROLL
2894 && i != VK_CONTROL
2895 && i != VK_LCONTROL
2896 && i != VK_RCONTROL
2897 && i != VK_MENU
2898 && i != VK_LMENU
2899 && i != VK_RMENU
2900 && i != VK_LWIN
2901 && i != VK_RWIN)
2902 keystate[i] = 0;
2903 SetKeyboardState (keystate);
2905 goto dflt;
2907 case WM_HOTKEY:
2908 /* Synchronize hot keys with normal input. */
2909 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_KEYDOWN, HIWORD (lParam), 0);
2910 return (0);
2912 case WM_KEYUP:
2913 case WM_SYSKEYUP:
2914 record_keyup (wParam, lParam);
2915 goto dflt;
2917 case WM_KEYDOWN:
2918 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
2919 /* Ignore keystrokes we fake ourself; see below. */
2920 if (dpyinfo->faked_key == wParam)
2922 dpyinfo->faked_key = 0;
2923 /* Make sure TranslateMessage sees them though (as long as
2924 they don't produce WM_CHAR messages). This ensures that
2925 indicator lights are toggled promptly on Windows 9x, for
2926 example. */
2927 if (wParam < 256 && lispy_function_keys[wParam])
2929 windows_translate = 1;
2930 goto translate;
2932 return 0;
2935 /* Synchronize modifiers with current keystroke. */
2936 sync_modifiers ();
2937 record_keydown (wParam, lParam);
2938 wParam = map_keypad_keys (wParam, (lParam & 0x1000000L) != 0);
2940 windows_translate = 0;
2942 switch (wParam)
2944 case VK_LWIN:
2945 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system))
2947 /* Prevent system from acting on keyup (which opens the
2948 Start menu if no other key was pressed) by simulating a
2949 press of Space which we will ignore. */
2950 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam) & 1)
2952 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code))
2953 key = XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code) & 255;
2954 else
2955 key = VK_SPACE;
2956 dpyinfo->faked_key = key;
2957 keybd_event (key, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (key, 0), 0, 0);
2960 if (!NILP (Vw32_lwindow_modifier))
2961 return 0;
2962 break;
2963 case VK_RWIN:
2964 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system))
2966 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam) & 1)
2968 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code))
2969 key = XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code) & 255;
2970 else
2971 key = VK_SPACE;
2972 dpyinfo->faked_key = key;
2973 keybd_event (key, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (key, 0), 0, 0);
2976 if (!NILP (Vw32_rwindow_modifier))
2977 return 0;
2978 break;
2979 case VK_APPS:
2980 if (!NILP (Vw32_apps_modifier))
2981 return 0;
2982 break;
2983 case VK_MENU:
2984 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_alt_to_system))
2985 /* Prevent DefWindowProc from activating the menu bar if an
2986 Alt key is pressed and released by itself. */
2987 return 0;
2988 windows_translate = 1;
2989 break;
2990 case VK_CAPITAL:
2991 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2992 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
2993 goto disable_lock_key;
2994 windows_translate = 1;
2995 break;
2996 case VK_NUMLOCK:
2997 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2998 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock))
2999 goto disable_lock_key;
3000 windows_translate = 1;
3001 break;
3002 case VK_SCROLL:
3003 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3004 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier))
3005 goto disable_lock_key;
3006 windows_translate = 1;
3007 break;
3008 disable_lock_key:
3009 /* Ensure the appropriate lock key state (and indicator light)
3010 remains in the same state. We do this by faking another
3011 press of the relevant key. Apparently, this really is the
3012 only way to toggle the state of the indicator lights. */
3013 dpyinfo->faked_key = wParam;
3014 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3015 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
3016 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3017 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
3018 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3019 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
3020 /* Ensure indicator lights are updated promptly on Windows 9x
3021 (TranslateMessage apparently does this), after forwarding
3022 input event. */
3023 post_character_message (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam,
3024 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3025 windows_translate = 1;
3026 break;
3027 case VK_CONTROL:
3028 case VK_SHIFT:
3029 case VK_PROCESSKEY: /* Generated by IME. */
3030 windows_translate = 1;
3031 break;
3032 case VK_CANCEL:
3033 /* Windows maps Ctrl-Pause (aka Ctrl-Break) into VK_CANCEL,
3034 which is confusing for purposes of key binding; convert
3035 VK_CANCEL events into VK_PAUSE events. */
3036 wParam = VK_PAUSE;
3037 break;
3038 case VK_PAUSE:
3039 /* Windows maps Ctrl-NumLock into VK_PAUSE, which is confusing
3040 for purposes of key binding; convert these back into
3041 VK_NUMLOCK events, at least when we want to see NumLock key
3042 presses. (Note that there is never any possibility that
3043 VK_PAUSE with Ctrl really is C-Pause as per above.) */
3044 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock) && modifier_set (VK_CONTROL))
3045 wParam = VK_NUMLOCK;
3046 break;
3047 default:
3048 /* If not defined as a function key, change it to a WM_CHAR message. */
3049 if (wParam > 255 || !lispy_function_keys[wParam])
3051 DWORD modifiers = construct_console_modifiers ();
3053 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
3054 && modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL) && modifier_set (VK_RMENU))
3056 /* Always let TranslateMessage handle AltGr key chords;
3057 for some reason, ToAscii doesn't always process AltGr
3058 chords correctly. */
3059 windows_translate = 1;
3061 else if ((modifiers & (~SHIFT_PRESSED & ~CAPSLOCK_ON)) != 0)
3063 /* Handle key chords including any modifiers other
3064 than shift directly, in order to preserve as much
3065 modifier information as possible. */
3066 if ('A' <= wParam && wParam <= 'Z')
3068 /* Don't translate modified alphabetic keystrokes,
3069 so the user doesn't need to constantly switch
3070 layout to type control or meta keystrokes when
3071 the normal layout translates alphabetic
3072 characters to non-ascii characters. */
3073 if (!modifier_set (VK_SHIFT))
3074 wParam += ('a' - 'A');
3075 msg = WM_CHAR;
3077 else
3079 /* Try to handle other keystrokes by determining the
3080 base character (ie. translating the base key plus
3081 shift modifier). */
3082 int add;
3083 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key;
3085 key.bKeyDown = TRUE;
3086 key.wRepeatCount = 1;
3087 key.wVirtualKeyCode = wParam;
3088 key.wVirtualScanCode = (lParam & 0xFF0000) >> 16;
3089 key.uChar.AsciiChar = 0;
3090 key.dwControlKeyState = modifiers;
3092 add = w32_kbd_patch_key (&key, w32_keyboard_codepage);
3093 /* 0 means an unrecognized keycode, negative means
3094 dead key. Ignore both. */
3095 while (--add >= 0)
3097 /* Forward asciified character sequence. */
3098 post_character_message
3099 (hwnd, WM_CHAR,
3100 (unsigned char) key.uChar.AsciiChar, lParam,
3101 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3102 w32_kbd_patch_key (&key, w32_keyboard_codepage);
3104 return 0;
3107 else
3109 /* Let TranslateMessage handle everything else. */
3110 windows_translate = 1;
3115 translate:
3116 if (windows_translate)
3118 MSG windows_msg = { hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam, 0, {0,0} };
3119 windows_msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3120 TranslateMessage (&windows_msg);
3121 goto dflt;
3124 /* Fall through */
3126 case WM_SYSCHAR:
3127 case WM_CHAR:
3128 if (wParam > 255 )
3130 W32Msg wmsg;
3132 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3133 signal_user_input ();
3134 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_UNICHAR, wParam, lParam);
3137 else
3138 post_character_message (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam,
3139 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3140 break;
3142 case WM_UNICHAR:
3143 /* WM_UNICHAR looks promising from the docs, but the exact
3144 circumstances in which TranslateMessage sends it is one of those
3145 Microsoft secret API things that EU and US courts are supposed
3146 to have put a stop to already. Spy++ shows it being sent to Notepad
3147 and other MS apps, but never to Emacs.
3149 Some third party IMEs send it in accordance with the official
3150 documentation though, so handle it here.
3152 UNICODE_NOCHAR is used to test for support for this message.
3153 TRUE indicates that the message is supported. */
3154 if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR)
3155 return TRUE;
3158 W32Msg wmsg;
3159 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3160 signal_user_input ();
3161 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3163 break;
3165 case WM_IME_CHAR:
3166 /* If we can't get the IME result as Unicode, use default processing,
3167 which will at least allow characters decodable in the system locale
3168 get through. */
3169 if (!get_composition_string_fn)
3170 goto dflt;
3172 else if (!ignore_ime_char)
3174 wchar_t * buffer;
3175 int size, i;
3176 W32Msg wmsg;
3177 HIMC context = get_ime_context_fn (hwnd);
3178 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3179 /* Get buffer size. */
3180 size = get_composition_string_fn (context, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);
3181 buffer = alloca (size);
3182 size = get_composition_string_fn (context, GCS_RESULTSTR,
3183 buffer, size);
3184 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd, context);
3186 signal_user_input ();
3187 for (i = 0; i < size / sizeof (wchar_t); i++)
3189 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_UNICHAR, (WPARAM) buffer[i],
3190 lParam);
3192 /* Ignore the messages for the rest of the
3193 characters in the string that was output above. */
3194 ignore_ime_char = (size / sizeof (wchar_t)) - 1;
3196 else
3197 ignore_ime_char--;
3199 break;
3201 case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION:
3202 if (!set_ime_composition_window_fn)
3203 goto dflt;
3204 else
3206 COMPOSITIONFORM form;
3207 HIMC context;
3208 struct window *w;
3210 /* Implementation note: The code below does something that
3211 one shouldn't do: it accesses the window object from a
3212 separate thread, while the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread
3213 runs and can legitimately delete and even GC it. That is
3214 why we are extra careful not to futz with a window that
3215 is different from the one recorded when the system caret
3216 coordinates were last modified. That is also why we are
3217 careful not to move the IME window if the window
3218 described by W was deleted, as indicated by its buffer
3219 field being reset to nil. */
3220 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3221 if (!(f && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)))
3222 break;
3223 w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f));
3224 /* Punt if someone changed the frame's selected window
3225 behind our back. */
3226 if (w != w32_system_caret_window)
3227 break;
3229 form.dwStyle = CFS_RECT;
3230 form.ptCurrentPos.x = w32_system_caret_x;
3231 form.ptCurrentPos.y = w32_system_caret_y;
3233 form.rcArea.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
3234 form.rcArea.top = (WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w)
3235 + w32_system_caret_hdr_height);
3236 form.rcArea.right = (WINDOW_BOX_RIGHT_EDGE_X (w)
3237 - WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w)
3238 - WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w));
3239 form.rcArea.bottom = (WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_Y (w)
3240 - WINDOW_BOTTOM_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w)
3241 - w32_system_caret_mode_height);
3243 /* Punt if the window was deleted behind our back. */
3244 if (!BUFFERP (w->contents))
3245 break;
3247 context = get_ime_context_fn (hwnd);
3249 if (!context)
3250 break;
3252 set_ime_composition_window_fn (context, &form);
3253 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd, context);
3255 break;
3257 case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION:
3258 ignore_ime_char = 0;
3259 goto dflt;
3261 /* Simulate middle mouse button events when left and right buttons
3262 are used together, but only if user has two button mouse. */
3263 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
3264 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
3265 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons > 2)
3266 goto handle_plain_button;
3269 int this = (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) ? LMOUSE : RMOUSE;
3270 int other = (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) ? RMOUSE : LMOUSE;
3272 if (button_state & this)
3273 return 0;
3275 if (button_state == 0)
3276 SetCapture (hwnd);
3278 button_state |= this;
3280 if (button_state & other)
3282 if (mouse_button_timer)
3284 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3285 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3287 /* Generate middle mouse event instead. */
3288 msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
3289 button_state |= MMOUSE;
3291 else if (button_state & MMOUSE)
3293 /* Ignore button event if we've already generated a
3294 middle mouse down event. This happens if the
3295 user releases and press one of the two buttons
3296 after we've faked a middle mouse event. */
3297 return 0;
3299 else
3301 /* Flush out saved message. */
3302 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3304 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3305 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3306 signal_user_input ();
3308 /* Clear message buffer. */
3309 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3311 else
3313 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3314 mouse_button_timer =
3315 SetTimer (hwnd, MOUSE_BUTTON_ID,
3316 w32_mouse_button_tolerance, NULL);
3317 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = hwnd;
3318 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.message = msg;
3319 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.wParam = wParam;
3320 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.lParam = lParam;
3321 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3322 saved_mouse_button_msg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3325 return 0;
3327 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
3328 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
3329 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons > 2)
3330 goto handle_plain_button;
3333 int this = (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) ? LMOUSE : RMOUSE;
3334 int other = (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) ? RMOUSE : LMOUSE;
3336 if ((button_state & this) == 0)
3337 return 0;
3339 button_state &= ~this;
3341 if (button_state & MMOUSE)
3343 /* Only generate event when second button is released. */
3344 if ((button_state & other) == 0)
3346 msg = WM_MBUTTONUP;
3347 button_state &= ~MMOUSE;
3349 if (button_state) emacs_abort ();
3351 else
3352 return 0;
3354 else
3356 /* Flush out saved message if necessary. */
3357 if (saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd)
3359 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3362 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3363 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3364 signal_user_input ();
3366 /* Always clear message buffer and cancel timer. */
3367 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3368 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3369 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3371 if (button_state == 0)
3372 ReleaseCapture ();
3374 return 0;
3376 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
3377 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
3378 if (w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system)
3379 goto dflt;
3380 /* else fall through and process them. */
3381 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
3382 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
3383 handle_plain_button:
3385 BOOL up;
3386 int button;
3388 /* Ignore middle and extra buttons as long as the menu is active. */
3389 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3390 if (f && f->output_data.w32->menubar_active)
3391 return 0;
3393 if (parse_button (msg, HIWORD (wParam), &button, &up))
3395 if (up) ReleaseCapture ();
3396 else SetCapture (hwnd);
3397 button = (button == 0) ? LMOUSE :
3398 ((button == 1) ? MMOUSE : RMOUSE);
3399 if (up)
3400 button_state &= ~button;
3401 else
3402 button_state |= button;
3406 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3407 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3408 signal_user_input ();
3410 /* Need to return true for XBUTTON messages, false for others,
3411 to indicate that we processed the message. */
3412 return (msg == WM_XBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_XBUTTONUP);
3414 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
3415 /* Ignore mouse movements as long as the menu is active. These
3416 movements are processed by the window manager anyway, and
3417 it's wrong to handle them as if they happened on the
3418 underlying frame. */
3419 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3420 if (f && f->output_data.w32->menubar_active)
3421 return 0;
3423 /* If the mouse has just moved into the frame, start tracking
3424 it, so we will be notified when it leaves the frame. Mouse
3425 tracking only works under W98 and NT4 and later. On earlier
3426 versions, there is no way of telling when the mouse leaves the
3427 frame, so we just have to put up with help-echo and mouse
3428 highlighting remaining while the frame is not active. */
3429 if (track_mouse_event_fn && !track_mouse_window
3430 /* If the menu bar is active, turning on tracking of mouse
3431 movement events might send these events to the tooltip
3432 frame, if the user happens to move the mouse pointer over
3433 the tooltip. But since we don't process events for
3434 tooltip frames, this causes Windows to present a
3435 hourglass cursor, which is ugly and unexpected. So don't
3436 enable tracking mouse events in this case; they will be
3437 restarted when the menu pops down. (Confusingly, the
3438 menubar_active member of f->output_data.w32, tested
3439 above, is only set when a menu was popped up _not_ from
3440 the frame's menu bar, but via x-popup-menu.) */
3441 && !menubar_in_use)
3443 TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme;
3444 tme.cbSize = sizeof (tme);
3445 tme.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
3446 tme.hwndTrack = hwnd;
3448 track_mouse_event_fn (&tme);
3449 track_mouse_window = hwnd;
3451 case WM_VSCROLL:
3452 if (w32_mouse_move_interval <= 0
3453 || (msg == WM_MOUSEMOVE && button_state == 0))
3455 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3456 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3457 return 0;
3460 /* Hang onto mouse move and scroll messages for a bit, to avoid
3461 sending such events to Emacs faster than it can process them.
3462 If we get more events before the timer from the first message
3463 expires, we just replace the first message. */
3465 if (saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd == 0)
3466 mouse_move_timer =
3467 SetTimer (hwnd, MOUSE_MOVE_ID,
3468 w32_mouse_move_interval, NULL);
3470 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3471 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd = hwnd;
3472 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.message = msg;
3473 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.wParam = wParam;
3474 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.lParam = lParam;
3475 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3476 saved_mouse_move_msg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3478 return 0;
3480 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
3481 case WM_DROPFILES:
3482 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3483 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3484 signal_user_input ();
3485 return 0;
3487 case WM_APPCOMMAND:
3488 if (w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system)
3489 goto dflt;
3490 /* Otherwise, pass to lisp, the same way we do with mousehwheel. */
3491 case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL:
3492 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3493 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3494 signal_user_input ();
3495 /* Non-zero must be returned when WM_MOUSEHWHEEL messages are
3496 handled, to prevent the system trying to handle it by faking
3497 scroll bar events. */
3498 return 1;
3500 case WM_TIMER:
3501 /* Flush out saved messages if necessary. */
3502 if (wParam == mouse_button_timer)
3504 if (saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd)
3506 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3507 signal_user_input ();
3508 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3510 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3511 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3513 else if (wParam == mouse_move_timer)
3515 if (saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd)
3517 post_msg (&saved_mouse_move_msg);
3518 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3520 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_move_timer);
3521 mouse_move_timer = 0;
3523 else if (wParam == menu_free_timer)
3525 KillTimer (hwnd, menu_free_timer);
3526 menu_free_timer = 0;
3527 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3528 /* If a popup menu is active, don't wipe its strings. */
3529 if (menubar_in_use
3530 && current_popup_menu == NULL)
3532 /* Free memory used by owner-drawn and help-echo strings. */
3533 w32_free_menu_strings (hwnd);
3534 if (f)
3535 f->output_data.w32->menubar_active = 0;
3536 menubar_in_use = 0;
3539 return 0;
3541 case WM_NCACTIVATE:
3542 /* Windows doesn't send us focus messages when putting up and
3543 taking down a system popup dialog as for Ctrl-Alt-Del on Windows 95.
3544 The only indication we get that something happened is receiving
3545 this message afterwards. So this is a good time to reset our
3546 keyboard modifiers' state. */
3547 reset_modifiers ();
3548 goto dflt;
3550 case WM_INITMENU:
3551 button_state = 0;
3552 ReleaseCapture ();
3553 /* We must ensure menu bar is fully constructed and up to date
3554 before allowing user interaction with it. To achieve this
3555 we send this message to the lisp thread and wait for a
3556 reply (whose value is not actually needed) to indicate that
3557 the menu bar is now ready for use, so we can now return.
3559 To remain responsive in the meantime, we enter a nested message
3560 loop that can process all other messages.
3562 However, we skip all this if the message results from calling
3563 TrackPopupMenu - in fact, we must NOT attempt to send the lisp
3564 thread a message because it is blocked on us at this point. We
3565 set menubar_active before calling TrackPopupMenu to indicate
3566 this (there is no possibility of confusion with real menubar
3567 being active). */
3569 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3570 if (f
3571 && (f->output_data.w32->menubar_active
3572 /* We can receive this message even in the absence of a
3573 menubar (ie. when the system menu is activated) - in this
3574 case we do NOT want to forward the message, otherwise it
3575 will cause the menubar to suddenly appear when the user
3576 had requested it to be turned off! */
3577 || f->output_data.w32->menubar_widget == NULL))
3578 return 0;
3581 deferred_msg msg_buf;
3583 /* Detect if message has already been deferred; in this case
3584 we cannot return any sensible value to ignore this. */
3585 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg) != NULL)
3586 emacs_abort ();
3588 menubar_in_use = 1;
3590 return send_deferred_msg (&msg_buf, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3593 case WM_EXITMENULOOP:
3594 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3596 /* If a menu is still active, check again after a short delay,
3597 since Windows often (always?) sends the WM_EXITMENULOOP
3598 before the corresponding WM_COMMAND message.
3599 Don't do this if a popup menu is active, since it is only
3600 menubar menus that require cleaning up in this way.
3602 if (f && menubar_in_use && current_popup_menu == NULL)
3603 menu_free_timer = SetTimer (hwnd, MENU_FREE_ID, MENU_FREE_DELAY, NULL);
3605 /* If hourglass cursor should be displayed, display it now. */
3606 if (f && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p)
3607 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
3609 goto dflt;
3611 case WM_MENUSELECT:
3612 /* Direct handling of help_echo in menus. Should be safe now
3613 that we generate the help_echo by placing a help event in the
3614 keyboard buffer. */
3616 HMENU menu = (HMENU) lParam;
3617 UINT menu_item = (UINT) LOWORD (wParam);
3618 UINT flags = (UINT) HIWORD (wParam);
3620 w32_menu_display_help (hwnd, menu, menu_item, flags);
3622 return 0;
3624 case WM_MEASUREITEM:
3625 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3626 if (f)
3628 MEASUREITEMSTRUCT * pMis = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *) lParam;
3630 if (pMis->CtlType == ODT_MENU)
3632 /* Work out dimensions for popup menu titles. */
3633 char * title = (char *) pMis->itemData;
3634 HDC hdc = GetDC (hwnd);
3635 HFONT menu_font = GetCurrentObject (hdc, OBJ_FONT);
3636 LOGFONT menu_logfont;
3637 HFONT old_font;
3638 SIZE size;
3640 GetObject (menu_font, sizeof (menu_logfont), &menu_logfont);
3641 menu_logfont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
3642 menu_font = CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont);
3643 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, menu_font);
3645 pMis->itemHeight = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENUSIZE);
3646 if (title)
3648 if (unicode_append_menu)
3649 GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, (WCHAR *) title,
3650 wcslen ((WCHAR *) title),
3651 &size);
3652 else
3653 GetTextExtentPoint32 (hdc, title, strlen (title), &size);
3655 pMis->itemWidth = size.cx;
3656 if (pMis->itemHeight < size.cy)
3657 pMis->itemHeight = size.cy;
3659 else
3660 pMis->itemWidth = 0;
3662 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
3663 DeleteObject (menu_font);
3664 ReleaseDC (hwnd, hdc);
3665 return TRUE;
3668 return 0;
3670 case WM_DRAWITEM:
3671 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3672 if (f)
3674 DRAWITEMSTRUCT * pDis = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *) lParam;
3676 if (pDis->CtlType == ODT_MENU)
3678 /* Draw popup menu title. */
3679 char * title = (char *) pDis->itemData;
3680 if (title)
3682 HDC hdc = pDis->hDC;
3683 HFONT menu_font = GetCurrentObject (hdc, OBJ_FONT);
3684 LOGFONT menu_logfont;
3685 HFONT old_font;
3687 GetObject (menu_font, sizeof (menu_logfont), &menu_logfont);
3688 menu_logfont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
3689 menu_font = CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont);
3690 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, menu_font);
3692 /* Always draw title as if not selected. */
3693 if (unicode_append_menu)
3694 ExtTextOutW (hdc,
3695 pDis->rcItem.left
3696 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK),
3697 pDis->rcItem.top,
3698 ETO_OPAQUE, &pDis->rcItem,
3699 (WCHAR *) title,
3700 wcslen ((WCHAR *) title), NULL);
3701 else
3702 ExtTextOut (hdc,
3703 pDis->rcItem.left
3704 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK),
3705 pDis->rcItem.top,
3706 ETO_OPAQUE, &pDis->rcItem,
3707 title, strlen (title), NULL);
3709 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
3710 DeleteObject (menu_font);
3712 return TRUE;
3715 return 0;
3717 #if 0
3718 /* Still not right - can't distinguish between clicks in the
3719 client area of the frame from clicks forwarded from the scroll
3720 bars - may have to hook WM_NCHITTEST to remember the mouse
3721 position and then check if it is in the client area ourselves. */
3722 case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
3723 /* Discard the mouse click that activates a frame, allowing the
3724 user to click anywhere without changing point (or worse!).
3725 Don't eat mouse clicks on scrollbars though!! */
3726 if (LOWORD (lParam) == HTCLIENT )
3727 return MA_ACTIVATEANDEAT;
3728 goto dflt;
3729 #endif
3731 case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
3732 /* No longer tracking mouse. */
3733 track_mouse_window = NULL;
3735 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
3736 case WM_ACTIVATE:
3737 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
3738 case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
3739 /* Inform lisp thread that a frame might have just been obscured
3740 or exposed, so should recheck visibility of all frames. */
3741 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3742 goto dflt;
3744 case WM_SETFOCUS:
3745 dpyinfo->faked_key = 0;
3746 reset_modifiers ();
3747 register_hot_keys (hwnd);
3748 goto command;
3749 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
3750 unregister_hot_keys (hwnd);
3751 button_state = 0;
3752 ReleaseCapture ();
3753 /* Relinquish the system caret. */
3754 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd)
3756 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3757 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3758 DestroyCaret ();
3760 goto command;
3761 case WM_COMMAND:
3762 menubar_in_use = 0;
3763 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3764 if (f && HIWORD (wParam) == 0)
3766 if (menu_free_timer)
3768 KillTimer (hwnd, menu_free_timer);
3769 menu_free_timer = 0;
3772 case WM_MOVE:
3773 case WM_SIZE:
3774 command:
3775 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3776 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3777 goto dflt;
3779 case WM_DESTROY:
3780 CoUninitialize ();
3781 return 0;
3783 case WM_CLOSE:
3784 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3785 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3786 return 0;
3788 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
3789 /* Don't restrict the sizing of tip frames. */
3790 if (frame_resize_pixelwise || hwnd == tip_window)
3791 return 0;
3793 /* Don't restrict the sizing of fullscreened frames, allowing them to be
3794 flush with the sides of the screen. */
3795 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3796 if (f && FRAME_PREV_FSMODE (f) != FULLSCREEN_NONE)
3797 return 0;
3800 WINDOWPLACEMENT wp;
3801 LPWINDOWPOS lppos = (WINDOWPOS *) lParam;
3803 wp.length = sizeof (WINDOWPLACEMENT);
3804 GetWindowPlacement (hwnd, &wp);
3806 if (wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMINIMIZED && (lppos->flags & SWP_NOSIZE) == 0)
3808 RECT rect;
3809 int wdiff;
3810 int hdiff;
3811 DWORD font_width;
3812 DWORD line_height;
3813 DWORD internal_border;
3814 DWORD scrollbar_extra;
3815 RECT wr;
3817 wp.length = sizeof (wp);
3818 GetWindowRect (hwnd, &wr);
3820 enter_crit ();
3822 font_width = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX);
3823 line_height = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX);
3824 internal_border = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BORDER_INDEX);
3825 scrollbar_extra = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX);
3827 leave_crit ();
3829 memset (&rect, 0, sizeof (rect));
3830 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, GetWindowLong (hwnd, GWL_STYLE),
3831 GetMenu (hwnd) != NULL);
3833 /* Force width and height of client area to be exact
3834 multiples of the character cell dimensions. */
3835 wdiff = (lppos->cx - (rect.right - rect.left)
3836 - 2 * internal_border - scrollbar_extra)
3837 % font_width;
3838 hdiff = (lppos->cy - (rect.bottom - rect.top)
3839 - 2 * internal_border)
3840 % line_height;
3842 if (wdiff || hdiff)
3844 /* For right/bottom sizing we can just fix the sizes.
3845 However for top/left sizing we will need to fix the X
3846 and Y positions as well. */
3848 int cx_mintrack = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMINTRACK);
3849 int cy_mintrack = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMINTRACK);
3851 lppos->cx = max (lppos->cx - wdiff, cx_mintrack);
3852 lppos->cy = max (lppos->cy - hdiff, cy_mintrack);
3854 if (wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED
3855 && (lppos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE) == 0)
3857 if (lppos->x != wr.left || lppos->y != wr.top)
3859 lppos->x += wdiff;
3860 lppos->y += hdiff;
3862 else
3864 lppos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE;
3868 return 0;
3873 goto dflt;
3875 case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
3876 /* Hack to allow resizing the Emacs frame above the screen size.
3877 Note that Windows 9x limits coordinates to 16-bits. */
3878 ((LPMINMAXINFO) lParam)->ptMaxTrackSize.x = 32767;
3879 ((LPMINMAXINFO) lParam)->ptMaxTrackSize.y = 32767;
3880 return 0;
3882 case WM_SETCURSOR:
3883 if (LOWORD (lParam) == HTCLIENT)
3885 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3886 if (f && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p
3887 && !menubar_in_use && !current_popup_menu)
3888 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
3889 else if (f)
3890 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor);
3891 return 0;
3893 goto dflt;
3895 case WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR:
3897 Cursor cursor = (Cursor) wParam;
3898 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3899 if (f && cursor)
3901 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = cursor;
3902 if (!f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p)
3903 SetCursor (cursor);
3905 return 0;
3908 case WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR:
3909 return (LRESULT) w32_createscrollbar ((struct frame *) wParam,
3910 (struct scroll_bar *) lParam);
3912 case WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW:
3913 return ShowWindow ((HWND) wParam, (WPARAM) lParam);
3915 case WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP:
3916 case WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND:
3918 HWND foreground_window;
3919 DWORD foreground_thread, retval;
3921 /* On NT 5.0, and apparently Windows 98, it is necessary to
3922 attach to the thread that currently has focus in order to
3923 pull the focus away from it. */
3924 foreground_window = GetForegroundWindow ();
3925 foreground_thread = GetWindowThreadProcessId (foreground_window, NULL);
3926 if (!foreground_window
3927 || foreground_thread == GetCurrentThreadId ()
3928 || !AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3929 foreground_thread, TRUE))
3930 foreground_thread = 0;
3932 retval = SetForegroundWindow ((HWND) wParam);
3933 if (msg == WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP)
3934 retval = BringWindowToTop ((HWND) wParam);
3936 /* Detach from the previous foreground thread. */
3937 if (foreground_thread)
3938 AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3939 foreground_thread, FALSE);
3941 return retval;
3944 case WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS:
3946 WINDOWPOS * pos = (WINDOWPOS *) wParam;
3947 return SetWindowPos (hwnd, pos->hwndInsertAfter,
3948 pos->x, pos->y, pos->cx, pos->cy, pos->flags);
3951 case WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW:
3952 DragAcceptFiles ((HWND) wParam, FALSE);
3953 return DestroyWindow ((HWND) wParam);
3955 case WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET:
3956 return HideCaret (hwnd);
3958 case WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET:
3959 return ShowCaret (hwnd);
3961 case WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET:
3962 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3963 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3964 return DestroyCaret ();
3966 case WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET:
3967 /* If there is currently no system caret, create one. */
3968 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd == NULL)
3970 /* Use the default caret width, and avoid changing it
3971 unnecessarily, as it confuses screen reader software. */
3972 w32_system_caret_hwnd = hwnd;
3973 CreateCaret (hwnd, NULL, 0,
3974 w32_system_caret_height);
3977 if (!SetCaretPos (w32_system_caret_x, w32_system_caret_y))
3978 return 0;
3979 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned on when requested. */
3980 else if (w32_use_visible_system_caret
3981 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd != hwnd)
3983 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = hwnd;
3984 return ShowCaret (hwnd);
3986 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned off when requested. */
3987 else if (!w32_use_visible_system_caret
3988 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd)
3990 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3991 return HideCaret (hwnd);
3993 else
3994 return 1;
3996 case WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU:
3998 UINT flags;
3999 POINT *pos;
4000 int retval;
4001 pos = (POINT *)lParam;
4002 flags = TPM_CENTERALIGN;
4003 if (button_state & LMOUSE)
4004 flags |= TPM_LEFTBUTTON;
4005 else if (button_state & RMOUSE)
4006 flags |= TPM_RIGHTBUTTON;
4008 /* Remember we did a SetCapture on the initial mouse down event,
4009 so for safety, we make sure the capture is canceled now. */
4010 ReleaseCapture ();
4011 button_state = 0;
4013 /* Use menubar_active to indicate that WM_INITMENU is from
4014 TrackPopupMenu below, and should be ignored. */
4015 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
4016 if (f)
4017 f->output_data.w32->menubar_active = 1;
4019 if (TrackPopupMenu ((HMENU)wParam, flags, pos->x, pos->y,
4020 0, hwnd, NULL))
4022 MSG amsg;
4023 /* Eat any mouse messages during popupmenu */
4024 while (PeekMessage (&amsg, hwnd, WM_MOUSEFIRST, WM_MOUSELAST,
4025 PM_REMOVE));
4026 /* Get the menu selection, if any */
4027 if (PeekMessage (&amsg, hwnd, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE))
4029 retval = LOWORD (amsg.wParam);
4031 else
4033 retval = 0;
4036 else
4038 retval = -1;
4041 return retval;
4043 case WM_EMACS_FILENOTIFY:
4044 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4045 return 1;
4047 default:
4048 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
4049 if (msg == msh_mousewheel)
4051 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
4052 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4053 signal_user_input ();
4054 return 0;
4057 dflt:
4058 return (w32_unicode_gui ? DefWindowProcW : DefWindowProcA) (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4061 /* The most common default return code for handled messages is 0. */
4062 return 0;
4065 static void
4066 my_create_window (struct frame * f)
4068 MSG msg;
4070 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW, (WPARAM)f, 0))
4071 emacs_abort ();
4072 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
4076 /* Create a tooltip window. Unlike my_create_window, we do not do this
4077 indirectly via the Window thread, as we do not need to process Window
4078 messages for the tooltip. Creating tooltips indirectly also creates
4079 deadlocks when tooltips are created for menu items. */
4080 static void
4081 my_create_tip_window (struct frame *f)
4083 RECT rect;
4085 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
4086 rect.right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
4087 rect.bottom = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
4089 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
4090 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
4092 tip_window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)
4093 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS,
4094 f->namebuf,
4095 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
4096 f->left_pos,
4097 f->top_pos,
4098 rect.right - rect.left,
4099 rect.bottom - rect.top,
4100 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ()), /* owner */
4101 NULL,
4102 hinst,
4103 NULL);
4105 if (tip_window)
4107 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f));
4108 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f));
4109 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
4110 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
4112 /* Tip frames have no scrollbars. */
4113 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, 0);
4115 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
4116 ShowWindow (tip_window, SW_HIDE);
4121 /* Create and set up the w32 window for frame F. */
4123 static void
4124 w32_window (struct frame *f, long window_prompting, int minibuffer_only)
4126 block_input ();
4128 /* Use the resource name as the top-level window name
4129 for looking up resources. Make a non-Lisp copy
4130 for the window manager, so GC relocation won't bother it.
4132 Elsewhere we specify the window name for the window manager. */
4133 f->namebuf = xstrdup (SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
4135 my_create_window (f);
4137 validate_x_resource_name ();
4139 /* x_set_name normally ignores requests to set the name if the
4140 requested name is the same as the current name. This is the one
4141 place where that assumption isn't correct; f->name is set, but
4142 the server hasn't been told. */
4144 Lisp_Object name;
4145 int explicit = f->explicit_name;
4147 f->explicit_name = 0;
4148 name = f->name;
4149 fset_name (f, Qnil);
4150 x_set_name (f, name, explicit);
4153 unblock_input ();
4155 if (!minibuffer_only && FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f))
4156 initialize_frame_menubar (f);
4158 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
4159 error ("Unable to create window");
4162 /* Handle the icon stuff for this window. Perhaps later we might
4163 want an x_set_icon_position which can be called interactively as
4164 well. */
4166 static void
4167 x_icon (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms)
4169 Lisp_Object icon_x, icon_y;
4170 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
4172 /* Set the position of the icon. Note that Windows 95 groups all
4173 icons in the tray. */
4174 icon_x = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_left, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4175 icon_y = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_top, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4176 if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) && !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound))
4178 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_x);
4179 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_y);
4181 else if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) || !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound))
4182 error ("Both left and top icon corners of icon must be specified");
4184 block_input ();
4186 #if 0 /* TODO */
4187 /* Start up iconic or window? */
4188 x_wm_set_window_state
4189 (f, (EQ (x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qvisibility, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL), Qicon)
4190 ? IconicState
4191 : NormalState));
4193 x_text_icon (f, SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name)
4194 ? f->icon_name
4195 : f->name)));
4196 #endif
4198 unblock_input ();
4202 static void
4203 x_make_gc (struct frame *f)
4205 XGCValues gc_values;
4207 block_input ();
4209 /* Create the GC's of this frame.
4210 Note that many default values are used. */
4212 /* Normal video */
4213 gc_values.font = FRAME_FONT (f);
4215 /* Cursor has cursor-color background, background-color foreground. */
4216 gc_values.foreground = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
4217 gc_values.background = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
4218 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc
4219 = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
4220 (GCFont | GCForeground | GCBackground),
4221 &gc_values);
4223 /* Reliefs. */
4224 f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc = 0;
4225 f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc = 0;
4227 unblock_input ();
4231 /* Handler for signals raised during x_create_frame and
4232 x_create_tip_frame. FRAME is the frame which is partially
4233 constructed. */
4235 static Lisp_Object
4236 unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
4238 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
4240 /* If frame is ``official'', nothing to do. */
4241 if (NILP (Fmemq (frame, Vframe_list)))
4243 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4244 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4245 #endif
4247 x_free_frame_resources (f);
4248 free_glyphs (f);
4250 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4251 /* Check that reference counts are indeed correct. */
4252 eassert (dpyinfo->reference_count == dpyinfo_refcount);
4253 eassert ((dpyinfo->terminal->image_cache == NULL
4254 && image_cache_refcount == 0)
4255 || dpyinfo->terminal->image_cache->refcount == image_cache_refcount);
4256 #endif
4257 return Qt;
4260 return Qnil;
4263 static void
4264 do_unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
4266 unwind_create_frame (frame);
4269 static void
4270 unwind_create_frame_1 (Lisp_Object val)
4272 inhibit_lisp_code = val;
4275 static void
4276 x_default_font_parameter (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms)
4278 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4279 Lisp_Object font_param = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, NULL, NULL,
4280 RES_TYPE_STRING);
4281 Lisp_Object font;
4282 if (EQ (font_param, Qunbound))
4283 font_param = Qnil;
4284 font = !NILP (font_param) ? font_param
4285 : x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4287 if (!STRINGP (font))
4289 int i;
4290 static char *names[]
4291 = { "Courier New-10",
4292 "-*-Courier-normal-r-*-*-13-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4293 "-*-Fixedsys-normal-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4294 "Fixedsys",
4295 NULL };
4297 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
4299 font = font_open_by_name (f, build_unibyte_string (names[i]));
4300 if (! NILP (font))
4301 break;
4303 if (NILP (font))
4304 error ("No suitable font was found");
4306 else if (!NILP (font_param))
4308 /* Remember the explicit font parameter, so we can re-apply it after
4309 we've applied the `default' face settings. */
4310 x_set_frame_parameters (f, Fcons (Fcons (Qfont_param, font_param), Qnil));
4312 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont, font, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4315 DEFUN ("x-create-frame", Fx_create_frame, Sx_create_frame,
4316 1, 1, 0,
4317 doc: /* Make a new window, which is called a \"frame\" in Emacs terms.
4318 Return an Emacs frame object.
4319 PARAMETERS is an alist of frame parameters.
4320 If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer,
4321 and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use,
4322 then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can
4323 be shared by the new frame.
4325 This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead. */)
4326 (Lisp_Object parameters)
4328 struct frame *f;
4329 Lisp_Object frame, tem;
4330 Lisp_Object name;
4331 int minibuffer_only = 0;
4332 long window_prompting = 0;
4333 int width, height;
4334 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4335 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4336 Lisp_Object display;
4337 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = NULL;
4338 Lisp_Object parent;
4339 struct kboard *kb;
4341 if (!FRAME_W32_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())
4342 && !FRAME_INITIAL_P (SELECTED_FRAME ()))
4343 error ("Cannot create a GUI frame in a -nw session");
4345 /* Make copy of frame parameters because the original is in pure
4346 storage now. */
4347 parameters = Fcopy_alist (parameters);
4349 /* Use this general default value to start with
4350 until we know if this frame has a specified name. */
4351 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
4353 display = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qterminal, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4354 if (EQ (display, Qunbound))
4355 display = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qdisplay, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_STRING);
4356 if (EQ (display, Qunbound))
4357 display = Qnil;
4358 dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4359 kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard;
4361 if (!dpyinfo->terminal->name)
4362 error ("Terminal is not live, can't create new frames on it");
4364 name = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qname, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4365 if (!STRINGP (name)
4366 && ! EQ (name, Qunbound)
4367 && ! NILP (name))
4368 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
4370 if (STRINGP (name))
4371 Vx_resource_name = name;
4373 /* See if parent window is specified. */
4374 parent = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qparent_id, NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4375 if (EQ (parent, Qunbound))
4376 parent = Qnil;
4377 if (! NILP (parent))
4378 CHECK_NUMBER (parent);
4380 /* make_frame_without_minibuffer can run Lisp code and garbage collect. */
4381 /* No need to protect DISPLAY because that's not used after passing
4382 it to make_frame_without_minibuffer. */
4383 frame = Qnil;
4384 GCPRO4 (parameters, parent, name, frame);
4385 tem = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qminibuffer, "minibuffer", "Minibuffer",
4386 RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4387 if (EQ (tem, Qnone) || NILP (tem))
4388 f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (Qnil, kb, display);
4389 else if (EQ (tem, Qonly))
4391 f = make_minibuffer_frame ();
4392 minibuffer_only = 1;
4394 else if (WINDOWP (tem))
4395 f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (tem, kb, display);
4396 else
4397 f = make_frame (1);
4399 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
4401 /* By default, make scrollbars the system standard width. */
4402 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (f);
4404 f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal;
4406 f->output_method = output_w32;
4407 f->output_data.w32 = xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output));
4408 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
4410 fset_icon_name
4411 (f, x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qicon_name, "iconName", "Title",
4412 RES_TYPE_STRING));
4413 if (! STRINGP (f->icon_name))
4414 fset_icon_name (f, Qnil);
4416 /* FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) = dpyinfo; */
4418 /* With FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO set up, this unwind-protect is safe. */
4419 record_unwind_protect (do_unwind_create_frame, frame);
4421 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4422 image_cache_refcount =
4423 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0;
4424 dpyinfo_refcount = dpyinfo->reference_count;
4425 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
4427 /* Specify the parent under which to make this window. */
4429 if (!NILP (parent))
4431 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = (Window) XFASTINT (parent);
4432 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 1;
4434 else
4436 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
4437 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 0;
4440 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
4441 be set. */
4442 if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name))
4444 fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->w32_id_name));
4445 f->explicit_name = 0;
4447 else
4449 fset_name (f, name);
4450 f->explicit_name = 1;
4451 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
4452 specbind (Qx_resource_name, name);
4455 if (uniscribe_available)
4456 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver, f);
4457 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver, f);
4459 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qfont_backend, Qnil,
4460 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4461 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
4462 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
4463 x_default_font_parameter (f, parameters);
4464 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qborder_width, make_number (2),
4465 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4467 /* We recognize either internalBorderWidth or internalBorder
4468 (which is what xterm calls it). */
4469 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parameters)))
4471 Lisp_Object value;
4473 value = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qinternal_border_width,
4474 "internalBorder", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4475 if (! EQ (value, Qunbound))
4476 parameters = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value),
4477 parameters);
4479 /* Default internalBorderWidth to 0 on Windows to match other programs. */
4480 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qinternal_border_width, make_number (0),
4481 "internalBorderWidth", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4482 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qright_divider_width, make_number (0),
4483 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4484 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0),
4485 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4486 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qvertical_scroll_bars, Qright,
4487 "verticalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4489 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
4490 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"),
4491 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4492 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"),
4493 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4494 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"),
4495 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4496 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"),
4497 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4498 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qscreen_gamma, Qnil,
4499 "screenGamma", "ScreenGamma", RES_TYPE_FLOAT);
4500 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qline_spacing, Qnil,
4501 "lineSpacing", "LineSpacing", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4502 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qleft_fringe, Qnil,
4503 "leftFringe", "LeftFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4504 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qright_fringe, Qnil,
4505 "rightFringe", "RightFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4506 /* Process alpha here (Bug#16619). */
4507 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qalpha, Qnil,
4508 "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4510 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
4511 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
4512 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
4513 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
4514 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
4515 happen. */
4516 init_frame_faces (f);
4518 /* Avoid calling window-configuration-change-hook; otherwise we
4519 could get an infloop in next_frame since the frame is not yet in
4520 Vframe_list. */
4522 ptrdiff_t count2 = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4524 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_frame_1, inhibit_lisp_code);
4525 inhibit_lisp_code = Qt;
4527 /* PXW: This is a duplicate from below. We have to do it here since
4528 otherwise x_set_tool_bar_lines will work with the character sizes
4529 installed by init_frame_faces while the frame's pixel size is still
4530 calculated from a character size of 1 and we subsequently hit the
4531 eassert (height >= 0) assertion in window_box_height. The
4532 non-pixelwise code apparently worked around this because it had one
4533 frame line vs one toolbar line which left us with a zero root
4534 window height which was obviously wrong as well ... */
4535 change_frame_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f),
4536 FRAME_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f), 1, 0, 0, 1);
4538 /* The X resources controlling the menu-bar and tool-bar are
4539 processed specially at startup, and reflected in the mode
4540 variables; ignore them here. */
4541 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qmenu_bar_lines,
4542 NILP (Vmenu_bar_mode)
4543 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4544 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4545 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qtool_bar_lines,
4546 NILP (Vtool_bar_mode)
4547 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4548 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4550 unbind_to (count2, Qnil);
4553 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbuffer_predicate, Qnil,
4554 "bufferPredicate", "BufferPredicate", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4555 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qtitle, Qnil,
4556 "title", "Title", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4557 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qfullscreen, Qnil,
4558 "fullscreen", "Fullscreen", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4560 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle = WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW;
4561 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
4563 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_IBEAM);
4564 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
4565 f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
4566 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_HAND);
4567 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_WAIT);
4568 f->output_data.w32->horizontal_drag_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZEWE);
4569 f->output_data.w32->vertical_drag_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZENS);
4571 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
4573 window_prompting = x_figure_window_size (f, parameters, 1);
4575 tem = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qunsplittable, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4576 f->no_split = minibuffer_only || EQ (tem, Qt);
4578 w32_window (f, window_prompting, minibuffer_only);
4579 x_icon (f, parameters);
4581 x_make_gc (f);
4583 /* Now consider the frame official. */
4584 f->terminal->reference_count++;
4585 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++;
4586 Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list);
4588 /* We need to do this after creating the window, so that the
4589 icon-creation functions can say whose icon they're describing. */
4590 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qicon_type, Qnil,
4591 "bitmapIcon", "BitmapIcon", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4593 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qauto_raise, Qnil,
4594 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4595 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qauto_lower, Qnil,
4596 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4597 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qcursor_type, Qbox,
4598 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4599 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qscroll_bar_width, Qnil,
4600 "scrollBarWidth", "ScrollBarWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4602 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via change_frame_size.
4603 Change will not be effected unless different from the current
4604 FRAME_LINES (f). */
4605 width = FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f);
4606 height = FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f);
4607 FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f) = 0;
4608 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, 0);
4609 change_frame_size (f, width, height, 1, 0, 0, 1);
4611 /* Tell the server what size and position, etc, we want, and how
4612 badly we want them. This should be done after we have the menu
4613 bar so that its size can be taken into account. */
4614 block_input ();
4615 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, window_prompting, 0);
4616 unblock_input ();
4618 /* Make the window appear on the frame and enable display, unless
4619 the caller says not to. However, with explicit parent, Emacs
4620 cannot control visibility, so don't try. */
4621 if (! f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent)
4623 Lisp_Object visibility;
4625 visibility = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qvisibility, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4626 if (EQ (visibility, Qunbound))
4627 visibility = Qt;
4629 if (EQ (visibility, Qicon))
4630 x_iconify_frame (f);
4631 else if (! NILP (visibility))
4632 x_make_frame_visible (f);
4633 else
4634 /* Must have been Qnil. */
4638 /* Initialize `default-minibuffer-frame' in case this is the first
4639 frame on this terminal. */
4640 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)
4641 && (!FRAMEP (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame))
4642 || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame)))))
4643 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (kb, frame);
4645 /* All remaining specified parameters, which have not been "used"
4646 by x_get_arg and friends, now go in the misc. alist of the frame. */
4647 for (tem = parameters; CONSP (tem); tem = XCDR (tem))
4648 if (CONSP (XCAR (tem)) && !NILP (XCAR (XCAR (tem))))
4649 fset_param_alist (f, Fcons (XCAR (tem), f->param_alist));
4651 UNGCPRO;
4653 /* Make sure windows on this frame appear in calls to next-window
4654 and similar functions. */
4655 Vwindow_list = Qnil;
4657 return unbind_to (count, frame);
4660 /* FRAME is used only to get a handle on the X display. We don't pass the
4661 display info directly because we're called from frame.c, which doesn't
4662 know about that structure. */
4663 Lisp_Object
4664 x_get_focus_frame (struct frame *frame)
4666 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame);
4667 Lisp_Object xfocus;
4668 if (! dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
4669 return Qnil;
4671 XSETFRAME (xfocus, dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame);
4672 return xfocus;
4675 DEFUN ("xw-color-defined-p", Fxw_color_defined_p, Sxw_color_defined_p, 1, 2, 0,
4676 doc: /* Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see.
4677 \(Note that the Nextstep version of this function ignores FRAME.) */)
4678 (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame)
4680 XColor foo;
4681 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
4683 CHECK_STRING (color);
4685 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (color), &foo, 0))
4686 return Qt;
4687 else
4688 return Qnil;
4691 DEFUN ("xw-color-values", Fxw_color_values, Sxw_color_values, 1, 2, 0,
4692 doc: /* Internal function called by `color-values', which see. */)
4693 (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame)
4695 XColor foo;
4696 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
4698 CHECK_STRING (color);
4700 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (color), &foo, 0))
4701 return list3i ((GetRValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetRValue (foo.pixel),
4702 (GetGValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetGValue (foo.pixel),
4703 (GetBValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetBValue (foo.pixel));
4704 else
4705 return Qnil;
4708 DEFUN ("xw-display-color-p", Fxw_display_color_p, Sxw_display_color_p, 0, 1, 0,
4709 doc: /* Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see. */)
4710 (Lisp_Object display)
4712 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4714 if ((dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits) <= 2)
4715 return Qnil;
4717 return Qt;
4720 DEFUN ("x-display-grayscale-p", Fx_display_grayscale_p,
4721 Sx_display_grayscale_p, 0, 1, 0,
4722 doc: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports shades of gray.
4723 Note that color displays do support shades of gray.
4724 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4725 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4726 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4727 (Lisp_Object display)
4729 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4731 if ((dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits) <= 1)
4732 return Qnil;
4734 return Qt;
4737 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-width", Fx_display_pixel_width,
4738 Sx_display_pixel_width, 0, 1, 0,
4739 doc: /* Return the width in pixels of DISPLAY.
4740 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4741 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4742 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4744 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel width for all
4745 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4746 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4747 (Lisp_Object display)
4749 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4751 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo));
4754 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-height", Fx_display_pixel_height,
4755 Sx_display_pixel_height, 0, 1, 0,
4756 doc: /* Return the height in pixels of DISPLAY.
4757 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4758 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4759 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4761 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel height for all
4762 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4763 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4764 (Lisp_Object display)
4766 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4768 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo));
4771 DEFUN ("x-display-planes", Fx_display_planes, Sx_display_planes,
4772 0, 1, 0,
4773 doc: /* Return the number of bitplanes of DISPLAY.
4774 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4775 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4776 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4777 (Lisp_Object display)
4779 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4781 return make_number (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits);
4784 DEFUN ("x-display-color-cells", Fx_display_color_cells, Sx_display_color_cells,
4785 0, 1, 0,
4786 doc: /* Return the number of color cells of DISPLAY.
4787 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4788 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4789 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4790 (Lisp_Object display)
4792 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4793 int cap;
4795 /* Don't use NCOLORS: it returns incorrect results under remote
4796 * desktop. We force 24+ bit depths to 24-bit, both to prevent an
4797 * overflow and because probably is more meaningful on Windows
4798 * anyway. */
4800 cap = 1 << min (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits, 24);
4801 return make_number (cap);
4804 DEFUN ("x-server-max-request-size", Fx_server_max_request_size,
4805 Sx_server_max_request_size,
4806 0, 1, 0,
4807 doc: /* Return the maximum request size of the server of DISPLAY.
4808 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4809 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4810 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4811 (Lisp_Object display)
4813 return make_number (1);
4816 DEFUN ("x-server-vendor", Fx_server_vendor, Sx_server_vendor, 0, 1, 0,
4817 doc: /* Return the "vendor ID" string of the W32 system (Microsoft).
4818 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4819 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4820 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4821 (Lisp_Object display)
4823 return build_string ("Microsoft Corp.");
4826 DEFUN ("x-server-version", Fx_server_version, Sx_server_version, 0, 1, 0,
4827 doc: /* Return the version numbers of the server of DISPLAY.
4828 The value is a list of three integers: the major and minor
4829 version numbers of the X Protocol in use, and the distributor-specific
4830 release number. See also the function `x-server-vendor'.
4832 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4833 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4834 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4835 (Lisp_Object display)
4837 return list3i (w32_major_version, w32_minor_version, w32_build_number);
4840 DEFUN ("x-display-screens", Fx_display_screens, Sx_display_screens, 0, 1, 0,
4841 doc: /* Return the number of screens on the server of DISPLAY.
4842 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4843 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4844 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4845 (Lisp_Object display)
4847 return make_number (1);
4850 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-height", Fx_display_mm_height,
4851 Sx_display_mm_height, 0, 1, 0,
4852 doc: /* Return the height in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4853 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4854 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4855 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4857 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the height in millimeters for
4858 all physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information
4859 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4860 (Lisp_Object display)
4862 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4863 HDC hdc;
4864 double mm_per_pixel;
4866 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
4867 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE)
4868 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES));
4869 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
4871 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo) * mm_per_pixel + 0.5);
4874 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-width", Fx_display_mm_width, Sx_display_mm_width, 0, 1, 0,
4875 doc: /* Return the width in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4876 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4877 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4878 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4880 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the width in millimeters for
4881 all physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information
4882 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4883 (Lisp_Object display)
4885 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4886 HDC hdc;
4887 double mm_per_pixel;
4889 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
4890 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE)
4891 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES));
4892 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
4894 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo) * mm_per_pixel + 0.5);
4897 DEFUN ("x-display-backing-store", Fx_display_backing_store,
4898 Sx_display_backing_store, 0, 1, 0,
4899 doc: /* Return an indication of whether DISPLAY does backing store.
4900 The value may be `always', `when-mapped', or `not-useful'.
4901 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4902 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4903 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4904 (Lisp_Object display)
4906 return intern ("not-useful");
4909 DEFUN ("x-display-visual-class", Fx_display_visual_class,
4910 Sx_display_visual_class, 0, 1, 0,
4911 doc: /* Return the visual class of DISPLAY.
4912 The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
4913 `static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.
4915 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4916 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4917 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4918 (Lisp_Object display)
4920 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4921 Lisp_Object result = Qnil;
4923 if (dpyinfo->has_palette)
4924 result = intern ("pseudo-color");
4925 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits == 1)
4926 result = intern ("static-grey");
4927 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits == 4)
4928 result = intern ("static-color");
4929 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits > 8)
4930 result = intern ("true-color");
4932 return result;
4935 DEFUN ("x-display-save-under", Fx_display_save_under,
4936 Sx_display_save_under, 0, 1, 0,
4937 doc: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports the save-under feature.
4938 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4939 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4940 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4941 (Lisp_Object display)
4943 return Qnil;
4946 static BOOL CALLBACK
4947 w32_monitor_enum (HMONITOR monitor, HDC hdc, RECT *rcMonitor, LPARAM dwData)
4949 Lisp_Object *monitor_list = (Lisp_Object *) dwData;
4951 *monitor_list = Fcons (make_save_ptr (monitor), *monitor_list);
4953 return TRUE;
4956 static Lisp_Object
4957 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list (void)
4959 Lisp_Object attributes_list = Qnil, primary_monitor_attributes = Qnil;
4960 Lisp_Object monitor_list = Qnil, monitor_frames, rest, frame;
4961 int i, n_monitors;
4962 HMONITOR *monitors;
4963 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
4965 if (!(enum_display_monitors_fn && get_monitor_info_fn
4966 && monitor_from_window_fn))
4967 return Qnil;
4969 if (!enum_display_monitors_fn (NULL, NULL, w32_monitor_enum,
4970 (LPARAM) &monitor_list)
4971 || NILP (monitor_list))
4972 return Qnil;
4974 n_monitors = 0;
4975 for (rest = monitor_list; CONSP (rest); rest = XCDR (rest))
4976 n_monitors++;
4978 monitors = xmalloc (n_monitors * sizeof (*monitors));
4979 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
4981 monitors[i] = XSAVE_POINTER (XCAR (monitor_list), 0);
4982 monitor_list = XCDR (monitor_list);
4985 monitor_frames = Fmake_vector (make_number (n_monitors), Qnil);
4986 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
4988 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
4990 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && !EQ (frame, tip_frame))
4992 HMONITOR monitor =
4993 monitor_from_window_fn (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
4994 MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
4996 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
4997 if (monitors[i] == monitor)
4998 break;
5000 if (i < n_monitors)
5001 ASET (monitor_frames, i, Fcons (frame, AREF (monitor_frames, i)));
5005 GCPRO3 (attributes_list, primary_monitor_attributes, monitor_frames);
5007 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
5009 Lisp_Object geometry, workarea, name, attributes = Qnil;
5010 HDC hdc;
5011 int width_mm, height_mm;
5012 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX mi;
5014 mi.cbSize = sizeof (mi);
5015 if (!get_monitor_info_fn (monitors[i], (struct MONITOR_INFO *) &mi))
5016 continue;
5018 hdc = CreateDCA ("DISPLAY", mi.szDevice, NULL, NULL);
5019 if (hdc == NULL)
5020 continue;
5021 width_mm = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE);
5022 height_mm = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE);
5023 DeleteDC (hdc);
5025 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, AREF (monitor_frames, i)),
5026 attributes);
5028 name = DECODE_SYSTEM (build_unibyte_string (mi.szDevice));
5030 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, name), attributes);
5032 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (width_mm, height_mm)),
5033 attributes);
5035 workarea = list4i (mi.rcWork.left, mi.rcWork.top,
5036 mi.rcWork.right - mi.rcWork.left,
5037 mi.rcWork.bottom - mi.rcWork.top);
5038 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea, workarea), attributes);
5040 geometry = list4i (mi.rcMonitor.left, mi.rcMonitor.top,
5041 mi.rcMonitor.right - mi.rcMonitor.left,
5042 mi.rcMonitor.bottom - mi.rcMonitor.top);
5043 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry, geometry), attributes);
5045 if (mi.dwFlags & MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY)
5046 primary_monitor_attributes = attributes;
5047 else
5048 attributes_list = Fcons (attributes, attributes_list);
5051 if (!NILP (primary_monitor_attributes))
5052 attributes_list = Fcons (primary_monitor_attributes, attributes_list);
5054 UNGCPRO;
5056 xfree (monitors);
5058 return attributes_list;
5061 static Lisp_Object
5062 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo)
5064 Lisp_Object geometry, workarea, frames, rest, frame, attributes = Qnil;
5065 HDC hdc;
5066 double mm_per_pixel;
5067 int pixel_width, pixel_height, width_mm, height_mm;
5068 RECT workarea_rect;
5070 /* Fallback: treat (possibly) multiple physical monitors as if they
5071 formed a single monitor as a whole. This should provide a
5072 consistent result at least on single monitor environments. */
5073 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("combined screen")),
5074 attributes);
5076 frames = Qnil;
5077 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
5079 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5081 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && !EQ (frame, tip_frame))
5082 frames = Fcons (frame, frames);
5084 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, frames), attributes);
5086 pixel_width = x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo);
5087 pixel_height = x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo);
5089 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
5090 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE)
5091 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES));
5092 width_mm = pixel_width * mm_per_pixel + 0.5;
5093 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE)
5094 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES));
5095 height_mm = pixel_height * mm_per_pixel + 0.5;
5096 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
5097 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (width_mm, height_mm)),
5098 attributes);
5100 /* GetSystemMetrics below may return 0 for Windows 95 or NT 4.0, but
5101 we don't care. */
5102 geometry = list4i (GetSystemMetrics (SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN),
5103 GetSystemMetrics (SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN),
5104 pixel_width, pixel_height);
5105 if (SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &workarea_rect, 0))
5106 workarea = list4i (workarea_rect.left, workarea_rect.top,
5107 workarea_rect.right - workarea_rect.left,
5108 workarea_rect.bottom - workarea_rect.top);
5109 else
5110 workarea = geometry;
5111 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea, workarea), attributes);
5113 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry, geometry), attributes);
5115 return list1 (attributes);
5118 DEFUN ("w32-display-monitor-attributes-list", Fw32_display_monitor_attributes_list,
5119 Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list,
5120 0, 1, 0,
5121 doc: /* Return a list of physical monitor attributes on the W32 display DISPLAY.
5123 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5124 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5125 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
5127 Internal use only, use `display-monitor-attributes-list' instead. */)
5128 (Lisp_Object display)
5130 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
5131 Lisp_Object attributes_list;
5133 block_input ();
5134 attributes_list = w32_display_monitor_attributes_list ();
5135 if (NILP (attributes_list))
5136 attributes_list = w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (dpyinfo);
5137 unblock_input ();
5139 return attributes_list;
5142 DEFUN ("set-message-beep", Fset_message_beep, Sset_message_beep, 1, 1, 0,
5143 doc: /* Set the sound generated when the bell is rung.
5144 SOUND is 'asterisk, 'exclamation, 'hand, 'question, 'ok, or 'silent
5145 to use the corresponding system sound for the bell. The 'silent sound
5146 prevents Emacs from making any sound at all.
5147 SOUND is nil to use the normal beep. */)
5148 (Lisp_Object sound)
5150 CHECK_SYMBOL (sound);
5152 if (NILP (sound))
5153 sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
5154 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("asterisk")))
5155 sound_type = MB_ICONASTERISK;
5156 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("exclamation")))
5157 sound_type = MB_ICONEXCLAMATION;
5158 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("hand")))
5159 sound_type = MB_ICONHAND;
5160 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("question")))
5161 sound_type = MB_ICONQUESTION;
5162 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("ok")))
5163 sound_type = MB_OK;
5164 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("silent")))
5165 sound_type = MB_EMACS_SILENT;
5166 else
5167 sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
5169 return sound;
5173 x_screen_planes (register struct frame *f)
5175 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes;
5178 /* Return the display structure for the display named NAME.
5179 Open a new connection if necessary. */
5181 struct w32_display_info *
5182 x_display_info_for_name (Lisp_Object name)
5184 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5186 CHECK_STRING (name);
5188 for (dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next)
5189 if (!NILP (Fstring_equal (XCAR (dpyinfo->name_list_element), name)))
5190 return dpyinfo;
5192 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5193 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5195 validate_x_resource_name ();
5197 dpyinfo = w32_term_init (name, (unsigned char *)0,
5198 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
5200 if (dpyinfo == 0)
5201 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (name));
5203 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, w32_major_version);
5205 return dpyinfo;
5208 DEFUN ("x-open-connection", Fx_open_connection, Sx_open_connection,
5209 1, 3, 0, doc: /* Open a connection to a display server.
5210 DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to.
5211 Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format.
5212 If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil,
5213 terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection.
5214 \(In the Nextstep version, the last two arguments are currently ignored.) */)
5215 (Lisp_Object display, Lisp_Object xrm_string, Lisp_Object must_succeed)
5217 unsigned char *xrm_option;
5218 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5220 CHECK_STRING (display);
5222 /* Signal an error in order to encourage correct use from callers.
5223 * If we ever support multiple window systems in the same Emacs,
5224 * we'll need callers to be precise about what window system they
5225 * want. */
5227 if (strcmp (SSDATA (display), "w32") != 0)
5228 error ("The name of the display in this Emacs must be \"w32\"");
5230 /* If initialization has already been done, return now to avoid
5231 overwriting critical parts of one_w32_display_info. */
5232 if (window_system_available (NULL))
5233 return Qnil;
5235 if (! NILP (xrm_string))
5236 CHECK_STRING (xrm_string);
5238 /* Allow color mapping to be defined externally; first look in user's
5239 HOME directory, then in Emacs etc dir for a file called rgb.txt. */
5241 Lisp_Object color_file;
5242 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5244 color_file = build_string ("~/rgb.txt");
5246 GCPRO1 (color_file);
5248 if (NILP (Ffile_readable_p (color_file)))
5249 color_file =
5250 Fexpand_file_name (build_string ("rgb.txt"),
5251 Fsymbol_value (intern ("data-directory")));
5253 Vw32_color_map = Fx_load_color_file (color_file);
5255 UNGCPRO;
5257 if (NILP (Vw32_color_map))
5258 Vw32_color_map = w32_default_color_map ();
5260 /* Merge in system logical colors. */
5261 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (&Vw32_color_map);
5263 if (! NILP (xrm_string))
5264 xrm_option = SDATA (xrm_string);
5265 else
5266 xrm_option = (unsigned char *) 0;
5268 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5269 /* First remove .exe suffix from invocation-name - it looks ugly. */
5271 char basename[ MAX_PATH ], *str;
5273 strcpy (basename, SDATA (Vinvocation_name));
5274 str = strrchr (basename, '.');
5275 if (str) *str = 0;
5276 Vinvocation_name = build_string (basename);
5278 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5280 validate_x_resource_name ();
5282 /* This is what opens the connection and sets x_current_display.
5283 This also initializes many symbols, such as those used for input. */
5284 dpyinfo = w32_term_init (display, xrm_option,
5285 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
5287 if (dpyinfo == 0)
5289 if (!NILP (must_succeed))
5290 fatal ("Cannot connect to server %s.\n",
5291 SDATA (display));
5292 else
5293 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (display));
5296 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, w32_major_version);
5297 return Qnil;
5300 DEFUN ("x-close-connection", Fx_close_connection,
5301 Sx_close_connection, 1, 1, 0,
5302 doc: /* Close the connection to DISPLAY's server.
5303 For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string).
5304 If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5305 (Lisp_Object display)
5307 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
5309 if (dpyinfo->reference_count > 0)
5310 error ("Display still has frames on it");
5312 block_input ();
5313 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo);
5315 x_delete_display (dpyinfo);
5316 unblock_input ();
5318 return Qnil;
5321 DEFUN ("x-display-list", Fx_display_list, Sx_display_list, 0, 0, 0,
5322 doc: /* Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to. */)
5323 (void)
5325 Lisp_Object result = Qnil;
5326 struct w32_display_info *wdi;
5328 for (wdi = x_display_list; wdi; wdi = wdi->next)
5329 result = Fcons (XCAR (wdi->name_list_element), result);
5331 return result;
5334 DEFUN ("x-synchronize", Fx_synchronize, Sx_synchronize, 1, 2, 0,
5335 doc: /* If ON is non-nil, report X errors as soon as the erring request is made.
5336 This function only has an effect on X Windows. With MS Windows, it is
5337 defined but does nothing.
5339 If ON is nil, allow buffering of requests.
5340 Turning on synchronization prohibits the Xlib routines from buffering
5341 requests and seriously degrades performance, but makes debugging much
5342 easier.
5343 The optional second argument TERMINAL specifies which display to act on.
5344 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
5345 If TERMINAL is omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5346 (Lisp_Object on, Lisp_Object display)
5348 return Qnil;
5353 /***********************************************************************
5354 Window properties
5355 ***********************************************************************/
5357 #if 0 /* TODO : port window properties to W32 */
5359 DEFUN ("x-change-window-property", Fx_change_window_property,
5360 Sx_change_window_property, 2, 6, 0,
5361 doc: /* Change window property PROP to VALUE on the X window of FRAME.
5362 PROP must be a string. VALUE may be a string or a list of conses,
5363 numbers and/or strings. If an element in the list is a string, it is
5364 converted to an atom and the value of the Atom is used. If an element
5365 is a cons, it is converted to a 32 bit number where the car is the 16
5366 top bits and the cdr is the lower 16 bits.
5368 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5369 If TYPE is given and non-nil, it is the name of the type of VALUE.
5370 If TYPE is not given or nil, the type is STRING.
5371 FORMAT gives the size in bits of each element if VALUE is a list.
5372 It must be one of 8, 16 or 32.
5373 If VALUE is a string or FORMAT is nil or not given, FORMAT defaults to 8.
5374 If OUTER-P is non-nil, the property is changed for the outer X window of
5375 FRAME. Default is to change on the edit X window. */)
5376 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object frame,
5377 Lisp_Object type, Lisp_Object format, Lisp_Object outer_p)
5379 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5380 Atom prop_atom;
5382 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5383 CHECK_STRING (value);
5385 block_input ();
5386 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5387 XChangeProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5388 prop_atom, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
5389 SDATA (value), SCHARS (value));
5391 /* Make sure the property is set when we return. */
5392 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
5393 unblock_input ();
5395 return value;
5399 DEFUN ("x-delete-window-property", Fx_delete_window_property,
5400 Sx_delete_window_property, 1, 2, 0,
5401 doc: /* Remove window property PROP from X window of FRAME.
5402 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. Value is PROP. */)
5403 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object frame)
5405 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5406 Atom prop_atom;
5408 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5409 block_input ();
5410 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5411 XDeleteProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), prop_atom);
5413 /* Make sure the property is removed when we return. */
5414 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
5415 unblock_input ();
5417 return prop;
5421 DEFUN ("x-window-property", Fx_window_property, Sx_window_property,
5422 1, 6, 0,
5423 doc: /* Value is the value of window property PROP on FRAME.
5424 If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
5426 On X Windows, the following optional arguments are also accepted:
5427 If TYPE is nil or omitted, get the property as a string.
5428 Otherwise TYPE is the name of the atom that denotes the type expected.
5429 If SOURCE is non-nil, get the property on that window instead of from
5430 FRAME. The number 0 denotes the root window.
5431 If DELETE-P is non-nil, delete the property after retrieving it.
5432 If VECTOR-RET-P is non-nil, don't return a string but a vector of values.
5434 On MS Windows, this function accepts but ignores those optional arguments.
5436 Value is nil if FRAME hasn't a property with name PROP or if PROP has
5437 no value of TYPE (always string in the MS Windows case). */)
5438 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object type,
5439 Lisp_Object source, Lisp_Object delete_p, Lisp_Object vector_ret_p)
5441 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5442 Atom prop_atom;
5443 int rc;
5444 Lisp_Object prop_value = Qnil;
5445 char *tmp_data = NULL;
5446 Atom actual_type;
5447 int actual_format;
5448 unsigned long actual_size, bytes_remaining;
5450 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5451 block_input ();
5452 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5453 rc = XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5454 prop_atom, 0, 0, False, XA_STRING,
5455 &actual_type, &actual_format, &actual_size,
5456 &bytes_remaining, (unsigned char **) &tmp_data);
5457 if (rc == Success)
5459 int size = bytes_remaining;
5461 XFree (tmp_data);
5462 tmp_data = NULL;
5464 rc = XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5465 prop_atom, 0, bytes_remaining,
5466 False, XA_STRING,
5467 &actual_type, &actual_format,
5468 &actual_size, &bytes_remaining,
5469 (unsigned char **) &tmp_data);
5470 if (rc == Success)
5471 prop_value = make_string (tmp_data, size);
5473 XFree (tmp_data);
5476 unblock_input ();
5478 return prop_value;
5480 return Qnil;
5483 #endif /* TODO */
5486 /***********************************************************************
5487 Busy cursor
5488 ***********************************************************************/
5490 void
5491 w32_note_current_window (void)
5493 struct frame * f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5495 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f))
5496 return;
5498 hourglass_hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
5501 void
5502 show_hourglass (struct atimer *timer)
5504 struct frame *f;
5506 hourglass_atimer = NULL;
5508 block_input ();
5509 f = x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info,
5510 hourglass_hwnd);
5512 if (f)
5513 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 0;
5514 else
5515 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5517 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f))
5519 unblock_input ();
5520 return;
5523 w32_show_hourglass (f);
5524 unblock_input ();
5527 void
5528 hide_hourglass (void)
5530 block_input ();
5531 w32_hide_hourglass ();
5532 unblock_input ();
5536 /* Display an hourglass cursor. Set the hourglass_p flag in display info
5537 to indicate that an hourglass cursor is shown. */
5539 static void
5540 w32_show_hourglass (struct frame *f)
5542 if (!hourglass_shown_p)
5544 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 1;
5545 if (!menubar_in_use && !current_popup_menu)
5546 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
5547 hourglass_shown_p = 1;
5552 /* Hide the hourglass cursor on all frames, if it is currently shown. */
5554 static void
5555 w32_hide_hourglass (void)
5557 if (hourglass_shown_p)
5559 struct frame *f = x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info,
5560 hourglass_hwnd);
5561 if (f)
5562 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 0;
5563 else
5564 /* If frame was deleted, restore to selected frame's cursor. */
5565 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5567 if (FRAME_W32_P (f))
5568 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor);
5569 else
5570 /* No cursors on non GUI frames - restore to stock arrow cursor. */
5571 SetCursor (w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW));
5573 hourglass_shown_p = 0;
5579 /***********************************************************************
5580 Tool tips
5581 ***********************************************************************/
5583 static Lisp_Object x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info *,
5584 Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
5585 static void compute_tip_xy (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
5586 Lisp_Object, int, int, int *, int *);
5588 /* The frame of a currently visible tooltip. */
5590 Lisp_Object tip_frame;
5592 /* If non-nil, a timer started that hides the last tooltip when it
5593 fires. */
5595 Lisp_Object tip_timer;
5596 Window tip_window;
5598 /* If non-nil, a vector of 3 elements containing the last args
5599 with which x-show-tip was called. See there. */
5601 Lisp_Object last_show_tip_args;
5604 static void
5605 unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
5607 Lisp_Object deleted;
5609 deleted = unwind_create_frame (frame);
5610 if (EQ (deleted, Qt))
5612 tip_window = NULL;
5613 tip_frame = Qnil;
5618 /* Create a frame for a tooltip on the display described by DPYINFO.
5619 PARMS is a list of frame parameters. TEXT is the string to
5620 display in the tip frame. Value is the frame.
5622 Note that functions called here, esp. x_default_parameter can
5623 signal errors, for instance when a specified color name is
5624 undefined. We have to make sure that we're in a consistent state
5625 when this happens. */
5627 static Lisp_Object
5628 x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo,
5629 Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object text)
5631 struct frame *f;
5632 Lisp_Object frame;
5633 Lisp_Object name;
5634 long window_prompting = 0;
5635 int width, height;
5636 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5637 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
5638 struct kboard *kb;
5639 int face_change_count_before = face_change_count;
5640 Lisp_Object buffer;
5641 struct buffer *old_buffer;
5643 /* Use this general default value to start with until we know if
5644 this frame has a specified name. */
5645 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5647 kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard;
5649 /* The calls to x_get_arg remove elements from PARMS, so copy it to
5650 avoid destructive changes behind our caller's back. */
5651 parms = Fcopy_alist (parms);
5653 /* Get the name of the frame to use for resource lookup. */
5654 name = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qname, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5655 if (!STRINGP (name)
5656 && !EQ (name, Qunbound)
5657 && !NILP (name))
5658 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
5659 Vx_resource_name = name;
5661 frame = Qnil;
5662 GCPRO3 (parms, name, frame);
5663 /* Make a frame without minibuffer nor mode-line. */
5664 f = make_frame (0);
5665 f->wants_modeline = 0;
5666 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
5668 buffer = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (" *tip*"));
5669 /* Use set_window_buffer instead of Fset_window_buffer (see
5670 discussion of bug#11984, bug#12025, bug#12026). */
5671 set_window_buffer (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), buffer, 0, 0);
5672 old_buffer = current_buffer;
5673 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5674 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil);
5675 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5676 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks, Qt);
5677 Ferase_buffer ();
5678 Finsert (1, &text);
5679 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
5681 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_tip_frame, frame);
5683 /* By setting the output method, we're essentially saying that
5684 the frame is live, as per FRAME_LIVE_P. If we get a signal
5685 from this point on, x_destroy_window might screw up reference
5686 counts etc. */
5687 f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal;
5688 f->output_method = output_w32;
5689 f->output_data.w32 = xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output));
5691 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
5692 fset_icon_name (f, Qnil);
5694 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
5695 image_cache_refcount =
5696 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0;
5697 dpyinfo_refcount = dpyinfo->reference_count;
5698 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
5699 FRAME_KBOARD (f) = kb;
5700 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
5701 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 0;
5703 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
5704 be set. */
5705 if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name))
5707 fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->w32_id_name));
5708 f->explicit_name = 0;
5710 else
5712 fset_name (f, name);
5713 f->explicit_name = 1;
5714 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
5715 specbind (Qx_resource_name, name);
5718 if (uniscribe_available)
5719 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver, f);
5720 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver, f);
5722 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont_backend, Qnil,
5723 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5725 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
5726 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
5727 x_default_font_parameter (f, parms);
5729 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_width, make_number (2),
5730 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5731 /* This defaults to 2 in order to match xterm. We recognize either
5732 internalBorderWidth or internalBorder (which is what xterm calls
5733 it). */
5734 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms)))
5736 Lisp_Object value;
5738 value = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qinternal_border_width,
5739 "internalBorder", "internalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5740 if (! EQ (value, Qunbound))
5741 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value),
5742 parms);
5744 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qinternal_border_width, make_number (1),
5745 "internalBorderWidth", "internalBorderWidth",
5746 RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5747 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qright_divider_width, make_number (0),
5748 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5749 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0),
5750 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5752 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
5753 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"),
5754 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5755 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"),
5756 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5757 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"),
5758 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5759 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_color, build_string ("black"),
5760 "cursorColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5761 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"),
5762 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5764 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
5765 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
5766 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
5767 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
5768 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
5769 happen. */
5770 init_frame_faces (f);
5772 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle = WS_BORDER | WS_POPUP | WS_DISABLED;
5773 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
5775 window_prompting = x_figure_window_size (f, parms, 0);
5777 /* No fringes on tip frame. */
5778 f->fringe_cols = 0;
5779 f->left_fringe_width = 0;
5780 f->right_fringe_width = 0;
5782 block_input ();
5783 my_create_tip_window (f);
5784 unblock_input ();
5786 x_make_gc (f);
5788 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_raise, Qnil,
5789 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
5790 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_lower, Qnil,
5791 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
5792 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_type, Qbox,
5793 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
5795 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via
5796 change_frame_size. Change will not be effected unless different
5797 from the current FRAME_LINES (f). */
5798 width = FRAME_COLS (f);
5799 height = FRAME_LINES (f);
5800 FRAME_LINES (f) = 0;
5801 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, 0);
5802 change_frame_size (f, width, height, 1, 0, 0, 0);
5804 /* Add `tooltip' frame parameter's default value. */
5805 if (NILP (Fframe_parameter (frame, Qtooltip)))
5806 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtooltip, Qt), Qnil));
5808 /* Set up faces after all frame parameters are known. This call
5809 also merges in face attributes specified for new frames.
5811 Frame parameters may be changed if .Xdefaults contains
5812 specifications for the default font. For example, if there is an
5813 `Emacs.default.attributeBackground: pink', the `background-color'
5814 attribute of the frame get's set, which let's the internal border
5815 of the tooltip frame appear in pink. Prevent this. */
5817 Lisp_Object bg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color);
5818 Lisp_Object fg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qforeground_color);
5819 Lisp_Object colors = Qnil;
5821 /* Set tip_frame here, so that */
5822 tip_frame = frame;
5823 call2 (Qface_set_after_frame_default, frame, Qnil);
5825 if (!EQ (bg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color)))
5826 colors = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, bg), colors);
5827 if (!EQ (fg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qforeground_color)))
5828 colors = Fcons (Fcons (Qforeground_color, fg), colors);
5830 if (!NILP (colors))
5831 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, colors);
5834 f->no_split = 1;
5836 UNGCPRO;
5838 /* Now that the frame is official, it counts as a reference to
5839 its display. */
5840 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++;
5841 f->terminal->reference_count++;
5843 /* It is now ok to make the frame official even if we get an error
5844 below. And the frame needs to be on Vframe_list or making it
5845 visible won't work. */
5846 Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list);
5848 /* Setting attributes of faces of the tooltip frame from resources
5849 and similar will increment face_change_count, which leads to the
5850 clearing of all current matrices. Since this isn't necessary
5851 here, avoid it by resetting face_change_count to the value it
5852 had before we created the tip frame. */
5853 face_change_count = face_change_count_before;
5855 /* Discard the unwind_protect. */
5856 return unbind_to (count, frame);
5860 /* Compute where to display tip frame F. PARMS is the list of frame
5861 parameters for F. DX and DY are specified offsets from the current
5862 location of the mouse. WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height
5863 of the tooltip. Return coordinates relative to the root window of
5864 the display in *ROOT_X, and *ROOT_Y. */
5866 static void
5867 compute_tip_xy (struct frame *f,
5868 Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy,
5869 int width, int height, int *root_x, int *root_y)
5871 Lisp_Object left, top;
5872 int min_x, min_y, max_x, max_y;
5874 /* User-specified position? */
5875 left = Fcdr (Fassq (Qleft, parms));
5876 top = Fcdr (Fassq (Qtop, parms));
5878 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
5879 show it. */
5880 if (!INTEGERP (left) || !INTEGERP (top))
5882 POINT pt;
5884 /* Default min and max values. */
5885 min_x = 0;
5886 min_y = 0;
5887 max_x = x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
5888 max_y = x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
5890 block_input ();
5891 GetCursorPos (&pt);
5892 *root_x = pt.x;
5893 *root_y = pt.y;
5894 unblock_input ();
5896 /* If multiple monitor support is available, constrain the tip onto
5897 the current monitor. This improves the above by allowing negative
5898 co-ordinates if monitor positions are such that they are valid, and
5899 snaps a tooltip onto a single monitor if we are close to the edge
5900 where it would otherwise flow onto the other monitor (or into
5901 nothingness if there is a gap in the overlap). */
5902 if (monitor_from_point_fn && get_monitor_info_fn)
5904 struct MONITOR_INFO info;
5905 HMONITOR monitor
5906 = monitor_from_point_fn (pt, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
5907 info.cbSize = sizeof (info);
5909 if (get_monitor_info_fn (monitor, &info))
5911 min_x = info.rcWork.left;
5912 min_y = info.rcWork.top;
5913 max_x = info.rcWork.right;
5914 max_y = info.rcWork.bottom;
5919 if (INTEGERP (top))
5920 *root_y = XINT (top);
5921 else if (*root_y + XINT (dy) <= min_y)
5922 *root_y = min_y; /* Can happen for negative dy */
5923 else if (*root_y + XINT (dy) + height <= max_y)
5924 /* It fits below the pointer */
5925 *root_y += XINT (dy);
5926 else if (height + XINT (dy) + min_y <= *root_y)
5927 /* It fits above the pointer. */
5928 *root_y -= height + XINT (dy);
5929 else
5930 /* Put it on the top. */
5931 *root_y = min_y;
5933 if (INTEGERP (left))
5934 *root_x = XINT (left);
5935 else if (*root_x + XINT (dx) <= min_x)
5936 *root_x = 0; /* Can happen for negative dx */
5937 else if (*root_x + XINT (dx) + width <= max_x)
5938 /* It fits to the right of the pointer. */
5939 *root_x += XINT (dx);
5940 else if (width + XINT (dx) + min_x <= *root_x)
5941 /* It fits to the left of the pointer. */
5942 *root_x -= width + XINT (dx);
5943 else
5944 /* Put it left justified on the screen -- it ought to fit that way. */
5945 *root_x = min_x;
5949 DEFUN ("x-show-tip", Fx_show_tip, Sx_show_tip, 1, 6, 0,
5950 doc: /* Show STRING in a \"tooltip\" window on frame FRAME.
5951 A tooltip window is a small window displaying a string.
5953 This is an internal function; Lisp code should call `tooltip-show'.
5955 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5957 PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be
5958 used to change the tooltip's appearance.
5960 Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds. TIMEOUT nil
5961 means use the default timeout of 5 seconds.
5963 If the list of frame parameters PARMS contains a `left' parameter,
5964 the tooltip is displayed at that x-position. Otherwise it is
5965 displayed at the mouse position, with offset DX added (default is 5 if
5966 DX isn't specified). Likewise for the y-position; if a `top' frame
5967 parameter is specified, it determines the y-position of the tooltip
5968 window, otherwise it is displayed at the mouse position, with offset
5969 DY added (default is -10).
5971 A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'.
5972 Text larger than the specified size is clipped. */)
5973 (Lisp_Object string, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object timeout, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy)
5975 struct frame *f;
5976 struct window *w;
5977 int root_x, root_y;
5978 struct buffer *old_buffer;
5979 struct text_pos pos;
5980 int i, width, height, seen_reversed_p;
5981 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5982 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5983 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5985 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
5987 GCPRO4 (string, parms, frame, timeout);
5989 CHECK_STRING (string);
5990 f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5991 if (NILP (timeout))
5992 timeout = make_number (5);
5993 else
5994 CHECK_NATNUM (timeout);
5996 if (NILP (dx))
5997 dx = make_number (5);
5998 else
5999 CHECK_NUMBER (dx);
6001 if (NILP (dy))
6002 dy = make_number (-10);
6003 else
6004 CHECK_NUMBER (dy);
6006 if (NILP (last_show_tip_args))
6007 last_show_tip_args = Fmake_vector (make_number (3), Qnil);
6009 if (!NILP (tip_frame))
6011 Lisp_Object last_string = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 0);
6012 Lisp_Object last_frame = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 1);
6013 Lisp_Object last_parms = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 2);
6015 if (EQ (frame, last_frame)
6016 && !NILP (Fequal (last_string, string))
6017 && !NILP (Fequal (last_parms, parms)))
6019 struct frame *f = XFRAME (tip_frame);
6021 /* Only DX and DY have changed. */
6022 if (!NILP (tip_timer))
6024 Lisp_Object timer = tip_timer;
6025 tip_timer = Qnil;
6026 call1 (Qcancel_timer, timer);
6029 block_input ();
6030 compute_tip_xy (f, parms, dx, dy, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f),
6031 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), &root_x, &root_y);
6033 /* Put tooltip in topmost group and in position. */
6034 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOPMOST,
6035 root_x, root_y, 0, 0,
6036 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6038 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6039 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOP,
6040 0, 0, 0, 0,
6041 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6043 unblock_input ();
6044 goto start_timer;
6048 /* Hide a previous tip, if any. */
6049 Fx_hide_tip ();
6051 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 0, string);
6052 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 1, frame);
6053 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 2, parms);
6055 /* Add default values to frame parameters. */
6056 if (NILP (Fassq (Qname, parms)))
6057 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("tooltip")), parms);
6058 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms)))
6059 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, make_number (3)), parms);
6060 if (NILP (Fassq (Qright_divider_width, parms)))
6061 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qright_divider_width, make_number (0)), parms);
6062 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbottom_divider_width, parms)))
6063 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0)), parms);
6064 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_width, parms)))
6065 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_width, make_number (1)), parms);
6066 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_color, parms)))
6067 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_color, build_string ("lightyellow")), parms);
6068 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbackground_color, parms)))
6069 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, build_string ("lightyellow")),
6070 parms);
6072 /* Block input until the tip has been fully drawn, to avoid crashes
6073 when drawing tips in menus. */
6074 block_input ();
6076 /* Create a frame for the tooltip, and record it in the global
6077 variable tip_frame. */
6078 frame = x_create_tip_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), parms, string);
6079 f = XFRAME (frame);
6081 /* Set up the frame's root window. */
6082 w = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6083 w->left_col = 0;
6084 w->top_line = 0;
6085 w->pixel_left = 0;
6086 w->pixel_top = 0;
6088 if (CONSP (Vx_max_tooltip_size)
6089 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size))
6090 && XINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)) > 0
6091 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size))
6092 && XINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)) > 0)
6094 w->total_cols = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size));
6095 w->total_lines = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size));
6097 else
6099 w->total_cols = 80;
6100 w->total_lines = 40;
6103 w->pixel_width = w->total_cols * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
6104 w->pixel_height = w->total_lines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
6106 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) = WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w);
6107 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
6108 w->pseudo_window_p = 1;
6110 /* Display the tooltip text in a temporary buffer. */
6111 old_buffer = current_buffer;
6112 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->contents));
6113 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil);
6114 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6115 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix);
6116 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6117 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE);
6119 /* Compute width and height of the tooltip. */
6120 width = height = seen_reversed_p = 0;
6121 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6123 struct glyph_row *row = &w->desired_matrix->rows[i];
6124 struct glyph *last;
6125 int row_width;
6127 /* Stop at the first empty row at the end. */
6128 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
6129 break;
6131 /* Let the row go over the full width of the frame. */
6132 row->full_width_p = 1;
6134 row_width = row->pixel_width;
6135 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
6137 if (!row->reversed_p)
6139 /* There's a glyph at the end of rows that is used to
6140 place the cursor there. Don't include the width of
6141 this glyph. */
6142 last = &row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1];
6143 if (INTEGERP (last->object))
6144 row_width -= last->pixel_width;
6146 else
6148 /* There could be a stretch glyph at the beginning of R2L
6149 rows that is produced by extend_face_to_end_of_line.
6150 Don't count that glyph. */
6151 struct glyph *g = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6153 if (g->type == STRETCH_GLYPH && INTEGERP (g->object))
6155 row_width -= g->pixel_width;
6156 seen_reversed_p = 1;
6161 height += row->height;
6162 width = max (width, row_width);
6165 /* If we've seen partial-length R2L rows, we need to re-adjust the
6166 tool-tip frame width and redisplay it again, to avoid over-wide
6167 tips due to the stretch glyph that extends R2L lines to full
6168 width of the frame. */
6169 if (seen_reversed_p)
6171 /* PXW: Why do we do the pixel-to-cols conversion only if
6172 seen_reversed_p holds? Don't we have to set other fields of
6173 the window/frame structure?
6175 w->total_cols and FRAME_TOTAL_COLS want the width in columns,
6176 not in pixels. */
6177 w->pixel_width = width;
6178 width /= WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w);
6179 w->total_cols = width;
6180 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) = width;
6181 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, width);
6182 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
6183 w->pseudo_window_p = 1;
6184 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6185 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix);
6186 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE);
6187 width = height = 0;
6188 /* Recompute width and height of the tooltip. */
6189 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6191 struct glyph_row *row = &w->desired_matrix->rows[i];
6192 struct glyph *last;
6193 int row_width;
6195 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
6196 break;
6197 row->full_width_p = 1;
6198 row_width = row->pixel_width;
6199 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] && !row->reversed_p)
6201 last = &row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1];
6202 if (INTEGERP (last->object))
6203 row_width -= last->pixel_width;
6206 height += row->height;
6207 width = max (width, row_width);
6211 /* Add the frame's internal border to the width and height the w32
6212 window should have. */
6213 height += 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
6214 width += 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
6216 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
6217 show it.
6219 PXW: This should use the frame's pixel coordinates. */
6220 compute_tip_xy (f, parms, dx, dy, width, height, &root_x, &root_y);
6223 /* Adjust Window size to take border into account. */
6224 RECT rect;
6225 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
6226 rect.right = width;
6227 rect.bottom = height;
6228 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
6229 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
6231 /* Position and size tooltip, and put it in the topmost group.
6232 The add-on of FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH to the 5th argument is a
6233 peculiarity of w32 display: without it, some fonts cause the
6234 last character of the tip to be truncated or wrapped around to
6235 the next line. */
6236 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOPMOST,
6237 root_x, root_y,
6238 rect.right - rect.left + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f),
6239 rect.bottom - rect.top, SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6241 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6242 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOP,
6243 0, 0, 0, 0,
6244 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6246 /* Let redisplay know that we have made the frame visible already. */
6247 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f, 1);
6249 ShowWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE);
6252 /* Draw into the window. */
6253 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6254 update_single_window (w, 1);
6256 unblock_input ();
6258 /* Restore original current buffer. */
6259 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
6260 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
6262 start_timer:
6263 /* Let the tip disappear after timeout seconds. */
6264 tip_timer = call3 (intern ("run-at-time"), timeout, Qnil,
6265 intern ("x-hide-tip"));
6267 UNGCPRO;
6268 return unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6272 DEFUN ("x-hide-tip", Fx_hide_tip, Sx_hide_tip, 0, 0, 0,
6273 doc: /* Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any.
6274 Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise. */)
6275 (void)
6277 ptrdiff_t count;
6278 Lisp_Object deleted, frame, timer;
6279 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6281 /* Return quickly if nothing to do. */
6282 if (NILP (tip_timer) && NILP (tip_frame))
6283 return Qnil;
6285 frame = tip_frame;
6286 timer = tip_timer;
6287 GCPRO2 (frame, timer);
6288 tip_frame = tip_timer = deleted = Qnil;
6290 count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6291 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6292 specbind (Qinhibit_quit, Qt);
6294 if (!NILP (timer))
6295 call1 (Qcancel_timer, timer);
6297 if (FRAMEP (frame))
6299 delete_frame (frame, Qnil);
6300 deleted = Qt;
6303 UNGCPRO;
6304 return unbind_to (count, deleted);
6307 /***********************************************************************
6308 File selection dialog
6309 ***********************************************************************/
6311 #define FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD edt1
6312 #define FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX cmb13
6313 #define FILE_NAME_LIST lst1
6315 /* Callback for altering the behavior of the Open File dialog.
6316 Makes the Filename text field contain "Current Directory" and be
6317 read-only when "Directories" is selected in the filter. This
6318 allows us to work around the fact that the standard Open File
6319 dialog does not support directories. */
6320 static UINT_PTR CALLBACK
6321 file_dialog_callback (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
6323 if (msg == WM_NOTIFY)
6325 OFNOTIFYW * notify_w = (OFNOTIFYW *)lParam;
6326 OFNOTIFYA * notify_a = (OFNOTIFYA *)lParam;
6327 int dropdown_changed;
6328 int dir_index;
6329 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6330 const int use_unicode = 1;
6331 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6332 int use_unicode = w32_unicode_filenames;
6333 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6335 /* Detect when the Filter dropdown is changed. */
6336 if (use_unicode)
6337 dropdown_changed =
6338 notify_w->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE
6339 || notify_w->hdr.code == CDN_INITDONE;
6340 else
6341 dropdown_changed =
6342 notify_a->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE
6343 || notify_a->hdr.code == CDN_INITDONE;
6344 if (dropdown_changed)
6346 HWND dialog = GetParent (hwnd);
6347 HWND edit_control = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD);
6348 HWND list = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_LIST);
6349 int hdr_code;
6351 /* At least on Windows 7, the above attempt to get the window handle
6352 to the File Name Text Field fails. The following code does the
6353 job though. Note that this code is based on my examination of the
6354 window hierarchy using Microsoft Spy++. bk */
6355 if (edit_control == NULL)
6357 HWND tmp = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX);
6358 if (tmp)
6360 tmp = GetWindow (tmp, GW_CHILD);
6361 if (tmp)
6362 edit_control = GetWindow (tmp, GW_CHILD);
6366 /* Directories is in index 2. */
6367 if (use_unicode)
6369 dir_index = notify_w->lpOFN->nFilterIndex;
6370 hdr_code = notify_w->hdr.code;
6372 else
6374 dir_index = notify_a->lpOFN->nFilterIndex;
6375 hdr_code = notify_a->hdr.code;
6377 if (dir_index == 2)
6379 if (use_unicode)
6380 SendMessageW (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD,
6381 (LPARAM)L"Current Directory");
6382 else
6383 SendMessageA (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD,
6384 (LPARAM)"Current Directory");
6385 EnableWindow (edit_control, FALSE);
6386 /* Note that at least on Windows 7, the above call to EnableWindow
6387 disables the window that would ordinarily have focus. If we
6388 do not set focus to some other window here, focus will land in
6389 no man's land and the user will be unable to tab through the
6390 dialog box (pressing tab will only result in a beep).
6391 Avoid that problem by setting focus to the list here. */
6392 if (hdr_code == CDN_INITDONE)
6393 SetFocus (list);
6395 else
6397 /* Don't override default filename on init done. */
6398 if (hdr_code == CDN_TYPECHANGE)
6400 if (use_unicode)
6401 SendMessageW (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT,
6402 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD, (LPARAM)L"");
6403 else
6404 SendMessageA (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT,
6405 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD, (LPARAM)"");
6407 EnableWindow (edit_control, TRUE);
6411 return 0;
6414 DEFUN ("x-file-dialog", Fx_file_dialog, Sx_file_dialog, 2, 5, 0,
6415 doc: /* Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR.
6416 Use a file selection dialog. Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file
6417 selection box, if specified. If MUSTMATCH is non-nil, the returned file
6418 or directory must exist.
6420 This function is only defined on NS, MS Windows, and X Windows with the
6421 Motif or Gtk toolkits. With the Motif toolkit, ONLY-DIR-P is ignored.
6422 Otherwise, if ONLY-DIR-P is non-nil, the user can only select directories. */)
6423 (Lisp_Object prompt, Lisp_Object dir, Lisp_Object default_filename, Lisp_Object mustmatch, Lisp_Object only_dir_p)
6425 /* Filter index: 1: All Files, 2: Directories only */
6426 static const wchar_t filter_w[] = L"All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
6427 static const char filter_a[] = "All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
6429 Lisp_Object filename = default_filename;
6430 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6431 BOOL file_opened = FALSE;
6432 Lisp_Object orig_dir = dir;
6433 Lisp_Object orig_prompt = prompt;
6435 /* If we compile with _WIN32_WINNT set to 0x0400 (for NT4
6436 compatibility) we end up with the old file dialogs. Define a big
6437 enough struct for the new dialog to trick GetOpenFileName into
6438 giving us the new dialogs on newer versions of Windows. */
6439 struct {
6440 OPENFILENAMEW details;
6441 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6442 PVOID pvReserved;
6443 DWORD dwReserved;
6444 DWORD FlagsEx;
6445 #endif /* < win2k */
6446 } new_file_details_w;
6448 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6449 wchar_t filename_buf_w[32*1024 + 1]; // NT kernel maximum
6450 OPENFILENAMEW * file_details_w = &new_file_details_w.details;
6451 const int use_unicode = 1;
6452 #else /* not NTGUI_UNICODE */
6453 struct {
6454 OPENFILENAMEA details;
6455 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6456 PVOID pvReserved;
6457 DWORD dwReserved;
6458 DWORD FlagsEx;
6459 #endif /* < win2k */
6460 } new_file_details_a;
6461 wchar_t filename_buf_w[MAX_PATH + 1], dir_w[MAX_PATH];
6462 char filename_buf_a[MAX_PATH + 1], dir_a[MAX_PATH];
6463 OPENFILENAMEW * file_details_w = &new_file_details_w.details;
6464 OPENFILENAMEA * file_details_a = &new_file_details_a.details;
6465 int use_unicode = w32_unicode_filenames;
6466 wchar_t *prompt_w;
6467 char *prompt_a;
6468 int len;
6469 char fname_ret[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
6470 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6472 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4, gcpro5, gcpro6;
6473 GCPRO6 (prompt, dir, default_filename, mustmatch, only_dir_p, filename);
6476 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6477 GCPRO2 (orig_dir, orig_prompt); /* There is no GCPRON, N>6. */
6479 /* Note: under NTGUI_UNICODE, we do _NOT_ use ENCODE_FILE: the
6480 system file encoding expected by the platform APIs (e.g. Cygwin's
6481 POSIX implementation) may not be the same as the encoding expected
6482 by the Windows "ANSI" APIs! */
6484 CHECK_STRING (prompt);
6485 CHECK_STRING (dir);
6487 dir = Fexpand_file_name (dir, Qnil);
6489 if (STRINGP (filename))
6490 filename = Ffile_name_nondirectory (filename);
6491 else
6492 filename = empty_unibyte_string;
6494 #ifdef CYGWIN
6495 dir = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (dir, Qt);
6496 if (SCHARS (filename) > 0)
6497 filename = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (filename, Qnil);
6498 #endif
6500 CHECK_STRING (dir);
6501 CHECK_STRING (filename);
6503 /* The code in file_dialog_callback that attempts to set the text
6504 of the file name edit window when handling the CDN_INITDONE
6505 WM_NOTIFY message does not work. Setting filename to "Current
6506 Directory" in the only_dir_p case here does work however. */
6507 if (SCHARS (filename) == 0 && ! NILP (only_dir_p))
6508 filename = build_string ("Current Directory");
6510 /* Convert the values we've computed so far to system form. */
6511 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6512 to_unicode (prompt, &prompt);
6513 to_unicode (dir, &dir);
6514 to_unicode (filename, &filename);
6515 if (SBYTES (filename) + 1 > sizeof (filename_buf_w))
6516 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6518 memcpy (filename_buf_w, SDATA (filename), SBYTES (filename) + 1);
6519 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6520 prompt = ENCODE_FILE (prompt);
6521 dir = ENCODE_FILE (dir);
6522 filename = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
6524 /* We modify these in-place, so make copies for safety. */
6525 dir = Fcopy_sequence (dir);
6526 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (dir));
6527 filename = Fcopy_sequence (filename);
6528 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (filename));
6529 if (SBYTES (filename) >= MAX_UTF8_PATH)
6530 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6531 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
6533 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (dir), dir_w);
6534 if (filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (filename), filename_buf_w) != 0)
6536 /* filename_to_utf16 sets errno to ENOENT when the file
6537 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
6538 if (errno == ENOENT && filename_buf_w[MAX_PATH - 1] != 0)
6539 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6541 len = pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6542 SSDATA (prompt), -1, NULL, 0);
6543 if (len > 32768)
6544 len = 32768;
6545 prompt_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
6546 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6547 SSDATA (prompt), -1, prompt_w, len);
6549 else
6551 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (dir), dir_a);
6552 if (filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (filename), filename_buf_a) != '\0')
6554 /* filename_to_ansi sets errno to ENOENT when the file
6555 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
6556 if (errno == ENOENT && filename_buf_a[MAX_PATH - 1] != 0)
6557 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6559 len = pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6560 SSDATA (prompt), -1, NULL, 0);
6561 if (len > 32768)
6562 len = 32768;
6563 prompt_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
6564 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6565 SSDATA (prompt), -1, prompt_w, len);
6566 len = pWideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP, 0, prompt_w, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
6567 if (len > 32768)
6568 len = 32768;
6569 prompt_a = alloca (len);
6570 pWideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP, 0, prompt_w, -1, prompt_a, len, NULL, NULL);
6572 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6574 /* Fill in the structure for the call to GetOpenFileName below.
6575 For NTGUI_UNICODE builds (which run only on NT), we just use
6576 the actual size of the structure. For non-NTGUI_UNICODE
6577 builds, we tell the OS we're using an old version of the
6578 structure if the OS isn't new enough to support the newer
6579 version. */
6580 if (use_unicode)
6582 memset (&new_file_details_w, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_w));
6583 if (w32_major_version > 4 && w32_major_version < 95)
6584 file_details_w->lStructSize = sizeof (new_file_details_w);
6585 else
6586 file_details_w->lStructSize = sizeof (*file_details_w);
6587 /* Set up the inout parameter for the selected file name. */
6588 file_details_w->lpstrFile = filename_buf_w;
6589 file_details_w->nMaxFile =
6590 sizeof (filename_buf_w) / sizeof (*filename_buf_w);
6591 file_details_w->hwndOwner = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
6592 /* Undocumented Bug in Common File Dialog:
6593 If a filter is not specified, shell links are not resolved. */
6594 file_details_w->lpstrFilter = filter_w;
6595 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6596 file_details_w->lpstrInitialDir = (wchar_t*) SDATA (dir);
6597 file_details_w->lpstrTitle = (guichar_t*) SDATA (prompt);
6598 #else
6599 file_details_w->lpstrInitialDir = dir_w;
6600 file_details_w->lpstrTitle = prompt_w;
6601 #endif
6602 file_details_w->nFilterIndex = NILP (only_dir_p) ? 1 : 2;
6603 file_details_w->Flags = (OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6604 | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK);
6605 if (!NILP (mustmatch))
6607 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6608 file_details_w->Flags |= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST;
6609 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6610 if (NILP (only_dir_p))
6611 file_details_w->Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST;
6614 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6615 else
6617 memset (&new_file_details_a, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_a));
6618 if (w32_major_version > 4 && w32_major_version < 95)
6619 file_details_a->lStructSize = sizeof (new_file_details_a);
6620 else
6621 file_details_a->lStructSize = sizeof (*file_details_a);
6622 file_details_a->lpstrFile = filename_buf_a;
6623 file_details_a->nMaxFile =
6624 sizeof (filename_buf_a) / sizeof (*filename_buf_a);
6625 file_details_a->hwndOwner = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
6626 file_details_a->lpstrFilter = filter_a;
6627 file_details_a->lpstrInitialDir = dir_a;
6628 file_details_a->lpstrTitle = prompt_a;
6629 file_details_a->nFilterIndex = NILP (only_dir_p) ? 1 : 2;
6630 file_details_a->Flags = (OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6631 | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK);
6632 if (!NILP (mustmatch))
6634 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6635 file_details_a->Flags |= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST;
6636 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6637 if (NILP (only_dir_p))
6638 file_details_a->Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST;
6641 #endif /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6644 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6645 /* Prevent redisplay. */
6646 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6647 block_input ();
6648 if (use_unicode)
6650 file_details_w->lpfnHook = file_dialog_callback;
6652 file_opened = GetOpenFileNameW (file_details_w);
6654 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6655 else
6657 file_details_a->lpfnHook = file_dialog_callback;
6659 file_opened = GetOpenFileNameA (file_details_a);
6661 #endif /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6662 unblock_input ();
6663 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6666 if (file_opened)
6668 /* Get an Emacs string from the value Windows gave us. */
6669 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6670 filename = from_unicode_buffer (filename_buf_w);
6671 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6672 if (use_unicode)
6673 filename_from_utf16 (filename_buf_w, fname_ret);
6674 else
6675 filename_from_ansi (filename_buf_a, fname_ret);
6676 dostounix_filename (fname_ret);
6677 filename = DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (fname_ret));
6678 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6680 #ifdef CYGWIN
6681 filename = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_from_windows (filename, Qt);
6682 #endif /* CYGWIN */
6684 /* Strip the dummy filename off the end of the string if we
6685 added it to select a directory. */
6686 if ((use_unicode && file_details_w->nFilterIndex == 2)
6687 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6688 || (!use_unicode && file_details_a->nFilterIndex == 2)
6689 #endif
6691 filename = Ffile_name_directory (filename);
6693 /* User canceled the dialog without making a selection. */
6694 else if (!CommDlgExtendedError ())
6695 filename = Qnil;
6696 /* An error occurred, fallback on reading from the mini-buffer. */
6697 else
6698 filename = Fcompleting_read (
6699 orig_prompt,
6700 intern ("read-file-name-internal"),
6701 orig_dir,
6702 mustmatch,
6703 orig_dir,
6704 Qfile_name_history,
6705 default_filename,
6706 Qnil);
6708 UNGCPRO;
6711 /* Make "Cancel" equivalent to C-g. */
6712 if (NILP (filename))
6713 Fsignal (Qquit, Qnil);
6715 RETURN_UNGCPRO (filename);
6719 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
6720 /* Moving files to the system recycle bin.
6721 Used by `move-file-to-trash' instead of the default moving to ~/.Trash */
6722 DEFUN ("system-move-file-to-trash", Fsystem_move_file_to_trash,
6723 Ssystem_move_file_to_trash, 1, 1, 0,
6724 doc: /* Move file or directory named FILENAME to the recycle bin. */)
6725 (Lisp_Object filename)
6727 Lisp_Object handler;
6728 Lisp_Object encoded_file;
6729 Lisp_Object operation;
6731 operation = Qdelete_file;
6732 if (!NILP (Ffile_directory_p (filename))
6733 && NILP (Ffile_symlink_p (filename)))
6735 operation = intern ("delete-directory");
6736 filename = Fdirectory_file_name (filename);
6739 /* Must have fully qualified file names for moving files to Recycle
6740 Bin. */
6741 filename = Fexpand_file_name (filename, Qnil);
6743 handler = Ffind_file_name_handler (filename, operation);
6744 if (!NILP (handler))
6745 return call2 (handler, operation, filename);
6746 else
6748 const char * path;
6749 int result;
6751 encoded_file = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
6753 path = map_w32_filename (SDATA (encoded_file), NULL);
6755 /* The Unicode version of SHFileOperation is not supported on
6756 Windows 9X. */
6757 if (w32_unicode_filenames && os_subtype != OS_9X)
6759 SHFILEOPSTRUCTW file_op_w;
6760 /* We need one more element beyond MAX_PATH because this is
6761 a list of file names, with the last element double-null
6762 terminated. */
6763 wchar_t tmp_path_w[MAX_PATH + 1];
6765 memset (tmp_path_w, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_w));
6766 filename_to_utf16 (path, tmp_path_w);
6768 /* On Windows, write permission is required to delete/move files. */
6769 _wchmod (tmp_path_w, 0666);
6771 memset (&file_op_w, 0, sizeof (file_op_w));
6772 file_op_w.hwnd = HWND_DESKTOP;
6773 file_op_w.wFunc = FO_DELETE;
6774 file_op_w.pFrom = tmp_path_w;
6775 file_op_w.fFlags = FOF_SILENT | FOF_NOCONFIRMATION | FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6776 | FOF_NOERRORUI | FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS;
6777 file_op_w.fAnyOperationsAborted = FALSE;
6779 result = SHFileOperationW (&file_op_w);
6781 else
6783 SHFILEOPSTRUCTA file_op_a;
6784 char tmp_path_a[MAX_PATH + 1];
6786 memset (tmp_path_a, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_a));
6787 filename_to_ansi (path, tmp_path_a);
6789 /* If a file cannot be represented in ANSI codepage, don't
6790 let them inadvertently delete other files because some
6791 characters are interpreted as a wildcards. */
6792 if (_mbspbrk (tmp_path_a, "?*"))
6793 result = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
6794 else
6796 _chmod (tmp_path_a, 0666);
6798 memset (&file_op_a, 0, sizeof (file_op_a));
6799 file_op_a.hwnd = HWND_DESKTOP;
6800 file_op_a.wFunc = FO_DELETE;
6801 file_op_a.pFrom = tmp_path_a;
6802 file_op_a.fFlags = FOF_SILENT | FOF_NOCONFIRMATION | FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6803 | FOF_NOERRORUI | FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS;
6804 file_op_a.fAnyOperationsAborted = FALSE;
6806 result = SHFileOperationA (&file_op_a);
6809 if (result != 0)
6810 report_file_error ("Removing old name", list1 (filename));
6812 return Qnil;
6815 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
6818 /***********************************************************************
6819 w32 specialized functions
6820 ***********************************************************************/
6822 DEFUN ("w32-send-sys-command", Fw32_send_sys_command,
6823 Sw32_send_sys_command, 1, 2, 0,
6824 doc: /* Send frame a Windows WM_SYSCOMMAND message of type COMMAND.
6825 Some useful values for COMMAND are #xf030 to maximize frame (#xf020
6826 to minimize), #xf120 to restore frame to original size, and #xf100
6827 to activate the menubar for keyboard access. #xf140 activates the
6828 screen saver if defined.
6830 If optional parameter FRAME is not specified, use selected frame. */)
6831 (Lisp_Object command, Lisp_Object frame)
6833 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
6835 CHECK_NUMBER (command);
6837 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, XINT (command), 0);
6839 return Qnil;
6842 DEFUN ("w32-shell-execute", Fw32_shell_execute, Sw32_shell_execute, 2, 4, 0,
6843 doc: /* Get Windows to perform OPERATION on DOCUMENT.
6844 This is a wrapper around the ShellExecute system function, which
6845 invokes the application registered to handle OPERATION for DOCUMENT.
6847 OPERATION is either nil or a string that names a supported operation.
6848 What operations can be used depends on the particular DOCUMENT and its
6849 handler application, but typically it is one of the following common
6850 operations:
6852 \"open\" - open DOCUMENT, which could be a file, a directory, or an
6853 executable program (application). If it is an application,
6854 that application is launched in the current buffer's default
6855 directory. Otherwise, the application associated with
6856 DOCUMENT is launched in the buffer's default directory.
6857 \"opennew\" - like \"open\", but instruct the application to open
6858 DOCUMENT in a new window.
6859 \"openas\" - open the \"Open With\" dialog for DOCUMENT.
6860 \"print\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file.
6861 \"printto\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file, to a specified printer.
6862 The printer should be provided in PARAMETERS, see below.
6863 \"explore\" - start the Windows Explorer on DOCUMENT.
6864 \"edit\" - launch an editor and open DOCUMENT for editing; which
6865 editor is launched depends on the association for the
6866 specified DOCUMENT.
6867 \"find\" - initiate search starting from DOCUMENT, which must specify
6868 a directory.
6869 \"runas\" - run DOCUMENT, which must be an excutable file, with
6870 elevated privileges (a.k.a. \"as Administrator\").
6871 \"properties\"
6872 - open the the property sheet dialog for DOCUMENT; works
6873 for *.lnk desktop shortcuts, and little or nothing else.
6874 nil - invoke the default OPERATION, or \"open\" if default is
6875 not defined or unavailable.
6877 DOCUMENT is typically the name of a document file or a URL, but can
6878 also be an executable program to run, or a directory to open in the
6879 Windows Explorer. If it is a file, it must be a local one; this
6880 function does not support remote file names.
6882 If DOCUMENT is an executable program, the optional third arg PARAMETERS
6883 can be a string containing command line parameters that will be passed
6884 to the program. Some values of OPERATION also require parameters (e.g.,
6885 \"printto\" requires the printer address). Otherwise, PARAMETERS should
6886 be nil or unspecified.
6888 Optional fourth argument SHOW-FLAG can be used to control how the
6889 application will be displayed when it is invoked. If SHOW-FLAG is nil
6890 or unspecified, the application is displayed as if SHOW-FLAG of 10 was
6891 specified, otherwise it is an integer between 0 and 11 representing
6892 a ShowWindow flag:
6894 0 - start hidden
6895 1 - start as normal-size window
6896 3 - start in a maximized window
6897 6 - start in a minimized window
6898 10 - start as the application itself specifies; this is the default. */)
6899 (Lisp_Object operation, Lisp_Object document, Lisp_Object parameters, Lisp_Object show_flag)
6901 char *errstr;
6902 Lisp_Object current_dir = BVAR (current_buffer, directory);;
6903 wchar_t *doc_w = NULL, *params_w = NULL, *ops_w = NULL;
6904 intptr_t result;
6905 #ifndef CYGWIN
6906 int use_unicode = w32_unicode_filenames;
6907 char *doc_a = NULL, *params_a = NULL, *ops_a = NULL;
6908 Lisp_Object absdoc, handler;
6909 struct gcpro gcpro1;
6910 #endif
6912 CHECK_STRING (document);
6914 #ifdef CYGWIN
6915 current_dir = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (current_dir, Qt);
6916 document = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (document, Qt);
6918 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters. */
6919 current_dir = GUI_ENCODE_FILE (current_dir);
6920 document = GUI_ENCODE_FILE (document);
6921 doc_w = GUI_SDATA (document);
6922 if (STRINGP (parameters))
6924 parameters = GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
6925 params_w = GUI_SDATA (parameters);
6927 if (STRINGP (operation))
6929 operation = GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (operation);
6930 ops_w = GUI_SDATA (operation);
6932 result = (intptr_t) ShellExecuteW (NULL, ops_w, doc_w, params_w,
6933 GUI_SDATA (current_dir),
6934 (INTEGERP (show_flag)
6935 ? XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT));
6936 #else /* !CYGWIN */
6937 current_dir = ENCODE_FILE (current_dir);
6938 /* We have a situation here. If DOCUMENT is a relative file name,
6939 but its name includes leading directories, i.e. it lives not in
6940 CURRENT_DIR, but in its subdirectory, then ShellExecute below
6941 will fail to find it. So we need to make the file name is
6942 absolute. But DOCUMENT does not have to be a file, it can be a
6943 URL, for example. So we make it absolute only if it is an
6944 existing file; if it is a file that does not exist, tough. */
6945 GCPRO1 (absdoc);
6946 absdoc = Fexpand_file_name (document, Qnil);
6947 /* Don't call file handlers for file-exists-p, since they might
6948 attempt to access the file, which could fail or produce undesired
6949 consequences, see bug#16558 for an example. */
6950 handler = Ffind_file_name_handler (absdoc, Qfile_exists_p);
6951 if (NILP (handler))
6953 Lisp_Object absdoc_encoded = ENCODE_FILE (absdoc);
6955 if (faccessat (AT_FDCWD, SSDATA (absdoc_encoded), F_OK, AT_EACCESS) == 0)
6956 document = absdoc_encoded;
6957 else
6958 document = ENCODE_FILE (document);
6960 else
6961 document = ENCODE_FILE (document);
6962 UNGCPRO;
6963 if (use_unicode)
6965 wchar_t document_w[MAX_PATH], current_dir_w[MAX_PATH];
6967 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters, and
6968 convert operation to UTF-16. */
6969 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (current_dir), current_dir_w);
6970 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (document), document_w);
6971 doc_w = document_w;
6972 if (STRINGP (parameters))
6974 int len;
6976 parameters = ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
6977 len = pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6978 SSDATA (parameters), -1, NULL, 0);
6979 if (len > 32768)
6980 len = 32768;
6981 params_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
6982 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6983 SSDATA (parameters), -1, params_w, len);
6985 if (STRINGP (operation))
6987 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
6988 const char *s = SSDATA (operation);
6989 wchar_t *d;
6990 int len = SBYTES (operation) + 1;
6992 if (len > 32768)
6993 len = 32768;
6994 d = ops_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
6995 while (d < ops_w + len - 1)
6996 *d++ = *s++;
6997 *d = 0;
6999 result = (intptr_t) ShellExecuteW (NULL, ops_w, doc_w, params_w,
7000 current_dir_w,
7001 (INTEGERP (show_flag)
7002 ? XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT));
7004 else
7006 char document_a[MAX_PATH], current_dir_a[MAX_PATH];
7008 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (current_dir), current_dir_a);
7009 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (document), document_a);
7010 doc_a = document_a;
7011 if (STRINGP (parameters))
7013 parameters = ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
7014 params_a = SSDATA (parameters);
7016 if (STRINGP (operation))
7018 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
7019 ops_a = SSDATA (operation);
7021 result = (intptr_t) ShellExecuteA (NULL, ops_a, doc_a, params_a,
7022 current_dir_a,
7023 (INTEGERP (show_flag)
7024 ? XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT));
7026 #endif /* !CYGWIN */
7028 if (result > 32)
7029 return Qt;
7031 switch (result)
7033 case SE_ERR_ACCESSDENIED:
7034 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED);
7035 break;
7036 case SE_ERR_ASSOCINCOMPLETE:
7037 case SE_ERR_NOASSOC:
7038 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_NO_ASSOCIATION);
7039 break;
7040 case SE_ERR_DDEBUSY:
7041 case SE_ERR_DDEFAIL:
7042 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_DDE_FAIL);
7043 break;
7044 case SE_ERR_DDETIMEOUT:
7045 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_TIMEOUT);
7046 break;
7047 case SE_ERR_DLLNOTFOUND:
7048 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_DLL_NOT_FOUND);
7049 break;
7050 case SE_ERR_FNF:
7051 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND);
7052 break;
7053 case SE_ERR_OOM:
7054 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY);
7055 break;
7056 case SE_ERR_PNF:
7057 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND);
7058 break;
7059 case SE_ERR_SHARE:
7060 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION);
7061 break;
7062 default:
7063 errstr = w32_strerror (0);
7064 break;
7066 /* The error string might be encoded in the locale's encoding. */
7067 if (!NILP (Vlocale_coding_system))
7069 Lisp_Object decoded =
7070 code_convert_string_norecord (build_unibyte_string (errstr),
7071 Vlocale_coding_system, 0);
7072 errstr = SSDATA (decoded);
7074 error ("ShellExecute failed: %s", errstr);
7077 /* Lookup virtual keycode from string representing the name of a
7078 non-ascii keystroke into the corresponding virtual key, using
7079 lispy_function_keys. */
7080 static int
7081 lookup_vk_code (char *key)
7083 int i;
7085 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
7086 if (lispy_function_keys[i]
7087 && strcmp (lispy_function_keys[i], key) == 0)
7088 return i;
7090 return -1;
7093 /* Convert a one-element vector style key sequence to a hot key
7094 definition. */
7095 static Lisp_Object
7096 w32_parse_hot_key (Lisp_Object key)
7098 /* Copied from Fdefine_key and store_in_keymap. */
7099 register Lisp_Object c;
7100 int vk_code;
7101 int lisp_modifiers;
7102 int w32_modifiers;
7103 struct gcpro gcpro1;
7105 CHECK_VECTOR (key);
7107 if (ASIZE (key) != 1)
7108 return Qnil;
7110 GCPRO1 (key);
7112 c = AREF (key, 0);
7114 if (CONSP (c) && lucid_event_type_list_p (c))
7115 c = Fevent_convert_list (c);
7117 UNGCPRO;
7119 if (! INTEGERP (c) && ! SYMBOLP (c))
7120 error ("Key definition is invalid");
7122 /* Work out the base key and the modifiers. */
7123 if (SYMBOLP (c))
7125 c = parse_modifiers (c);
7126 lisp_modifiers = XINT (Fcar (Fcdr (c)));
7127 c = Fcar (c);
7128 if (!SYMBOLP (c))
7129 emacs_abort ();
7130 vk_code = lookup_vk_code (SDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (c)));
7132 else if (INTEGERP (c))
7134 lisp_modifiers = XINT (c) & ~CHARACTERBITS;
7135 /* Many ascii characters are their own virtual key code. */
7136 vk_code = XINT (c) & CHARACTERBITS;
7139 if (vk_code < 0 || vk_code > 255)
7140 return Qnil;
7142 if ((lisp_modifiers & meta_modifier) != 0
7143 && !NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta))
7144 lisp_modifiers |= alt_modifier;
7146 /* Supply defs missing from mingw32. */
7147 #ifndef MOD_ALT
7148 #define MOD_ALT 0x0001
7149 #define MOD_CONTROL 0x0002
7150 #define MOD_SHIFT 0x0004
7151 #define MOD_WIN 0x0008
7152 #endif
7154 /* Convert lisp modifiers to Windows hot-key form. */
7155 w32_modifiers = (lisp_modifiers & hyper_modifier) ? MOD_WIN : 0;
7156 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & alt_modifier) ? MOD_ALT : 0;
7157 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & ctrl_modifier) ? MOD_CONTROL : 0;
7158 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & shift_modifier) ? MOD_SHIFT : 0;
7160 return HOTKEY (vk_code, w32_modifiers);
7163 DEFUN ("w32-register-hot-key", Fw32_register_hot_key,
7164 Sw32_register_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
7165 doc: /* Register KEY as a hot-key combination.
7166 Certain key combinations like Alt-Tab are reserved for system use on
7167 Windows, and therefore are normally intercepted by the system. However,
7168 most of these key combinations can be received by registering them as
7169 hot-keys, overriding their special meaning.
7171 KEY must be a one element key definition in vector form that would be
7172 acceptable to `define-key' (e.g. [A-tab] for Alt-Tab). The meta
7173 modifier is interpreted as Alt if `w32-alt-is-meta' is t, and hyper
7174 is always interpreted as the Windows modifier keys.
7176 The return value is the hotkey-id if registered, otherwise nil. */)
7177 (Lisp_Object key)
7179 key = w32_parse_hot_key (key);
7181 if (!NILP (key) && NILP (Fmemq (key, w32_grabbed_keys)))
7183 /* Reuse an empty slot if possible. */
7184 Lisp_Object item = Fmemq (Qnil, w32_grabbed_keys);
7186 /* Safe to add new key to list, even if we have focus. */
7187 if (NILP (item))
7188 w32_grabbed_keys = Fcons (key, w32_grabbed_keys);
7189 else
7190 XSETCAR (item, key);
7192 /* Notify input thread about new hot-key definition, so that it
7193 takes effect without needing to switch focus. */
7194 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY,
7195 (WPARAM) XLI (key), 0);
7198 return key;
7201 DEFUN ("w32-unregister-hot-key", Fw32_unregister_hot_key,
7202 Sw32_unregister_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
7203 doc: /* Unregister KEY as a hot-key combination. */)
7204 (Lisp_Object key)
7206 Lisp_Object item;
7208 if (!INTEGERP (key))
7209 key = w32_parse_hot_key (key);
7211 item = Fmemq (key, w32_grabbed_keys);
7213 if (!NILP (item))
7215 /* Notify input thread about hot-key definition being removed, so
7216 that it takes effect without needing focus switch. */
7217 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY,
7218 (WPARAM) XINT (XCAR (item)), (LPARAM) XLI (item)))
7220 MSG msg;
7221 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
7223 return Qt;
7225 return Qnil;
7228 DEFUN ("w32-registered-hot-keys", Fw32_registered_hot_keys,
7229 Sw32_registered_hot_keys, 0, 0, 0,
7230 doc: /* Return list of registered hot-key IDs. */)
7231 (void)
7233 return Fdelq (Qnil, Fcopy_sequence (w32_grabbed_keys));
7236 DEFUN ("w32-reconstruct-hot-key", Fw32_reconstruct_hot_key,
7237 Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
7238 doc: /* Convert hot-key ID to a lisp key combination.
7239 usage: (w32-reconstruct-hot-key ID) */)
7240 (Lisp_Object hotkeyid)
7242 int vk_code, w32_modifiers;
7243 Lisp_Object key;
7245 CHECK_NUMBER (hotkeyid);
7247 vk_code = HOTKEY_VK_CODE (hotkeyid);
7248 w32_modifiers = HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (hotkeyid);
7250 if (vk_code < 256 && lispy_function_keys[vk_code])
7251 key = intern (lispy_function_keys[vk_code]);
7252 else
7253 key = make_number (vk_code);
7255 key = Fcons (key, Qnil);
7256 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT)
7257 key = Fcons (Qshift, key);
7258 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL)
7259 key = Fcons (Qctrl, key);
7260 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_ALT)
7261 key = Fcons (NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta) ? Qalt : Qmeta, key);
7262 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_WIN)
7263 key = Fcons (Qhyper, key);
7265 return key;
7268 DEFUN ("w32-toggle-lock-key", Fw32_toggle_lock_key,
7269 Sw32_toggle_lock_key, 1, 2, 0,
7270 doc: /* Toggle the state of the lock key KEY.
7271 KEY can be `capslock', `kp-numlock', or `scroll'.
7272 If the optional parameter NEW-STATE is a number, then the state of KEY
7273 is set to off if the low bit of NEW-STATE is zero, otherwise on. */)
7274 (Lisp_Object key, Lisp_Object new_state)
7276 int vk_code;
7278 if (EQ (key, intern ("capslock")))
7279 vk_code = VK_CAPITAL;
7280 else if (EQ (key, intern ("kp-numlock")))
7281 vk_code = VK_NUMLOCK;
7282 else if (EQ (key, intern ("scroll")))
7283 vk_code = VK_SCROLL;
7284 else
7285 return Qnil;
7287 if (!dwWindowsThreadId)
7288 return make_number (w32_console_toggle_lock_key (vk_code, new_state));
7290 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY,
7291 (WPARAM) vk_code, (LPARAM) XLI (new_state)))
7293 MSG msg;
7294 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
7295 return make_number (msg.wParam);
7297 return Qnil;
7300 DEFUN ("w32-window-exists-p", Fw32_window_exists_p, Sw32_window_exists_p,
7301 2, 2, 0,
7302 doc: /* Return non-nil if a window exists with the specified CLASS and NAME.
7304 This is a direct interface to the Windows API FindWindow function. */)
7305 (Lisp_Object class, Lisp_Object name)
7307 HWND hnd;
7309 if (!NILP (class))
7310 CHECK_STRING (class);
7311 if (!NILP (name))
7312 CHECK_STRING (name);
7314 hnd = FindWindow (STRINGP (class) ? ((LPCTSTR) SDATA (class)) : NULL,
7315 STRINGP (name) ? ((LPCTSTR) SDATA (name)) : NULL);
7316 if (!hnd)
7317 return Qnil;
7318 return Qt;
7321 DEFUN ("w32-frame-rect", Fw32_frame_rect, Sw32_frame_rect, 0, 2, 0,
7322 doc: /* Return boundary rectangle of FRAME in screen coordinates.
7323 FRAME must be a live frame and defaults to the selected one.
7325 The boundary rectangle is a list of four elements, specifying the left,
7326 top, right and bottom screen coordinates of FRAME including menu and
7327 title bar and decorations. Optional argument CLIENT non-nil means to
7328 return the boundaries of the client rectangle which excludes menu and
7329 title bar and decorations. */)
7330 (Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object client)
7332 struct frame *f = decode_live_frame (frame);
7333 RECT rect;
7335 if (!NILP (client))
7336 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
7337 else
7338 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
7340 return list4 (make_number (rect.left), make_number (rect.top),
7341 make_number (rect.right), make_number (rect.bottom));
7344 DEFUN ("w32-battery-status", Fw32_battery_status, Sw32_battery_status, 0, 0, 0,
7345 doc: /* Get power status information from Windows system.
7347 The following %-sequences are provided:
7348 %L AC line status (verbose)
7349 %B Battery status (verbose)
7350 %b Battery status, empty means high, `-' means low,
7351 `!' means critical, and `+' means charging
7352 %p Battery load percentage
7353 %s Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in seconds
7354 %m Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in minutes
7355 %h Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in hours
7356 %t Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in the form `h:min' */)
7357 (void)
7359 Lisp_Object status = Qnil;
7361 SYSTEM_POWER_STATUS system_status;
7362 if (GetSystemPowerStatus (&system_status))
7364 Lisp_Object line_status, battery_status, battery_status_symbol;
7365 Lisp_Object load_percentage, seconds, minutes, hours, remain;
7367 long seconds_left = (long) system_status.BatteryLifeTime;
7369 if (system_status.ACLineStatus == 0)
7370 line_status = build_string ("off-line");
7371 else if (system_status.ACLineStatus == 1)
7372 line_status = build_string ("on-line");
7373 else
7374 line_status = build_string ("N/A");
7376 if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 128)
7378 battery_status = build_string ("N/A");
7379 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7381 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 8)
7383 battery_status = build_string ("charging");
7384 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("+");
7385 if (system_status.BatteryFullLifeTime != -1L)
7386 seconds_left = system_status.BatteryFullLifeTime - seconds_left;
7388 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 4)
7390 battery_status = build_string ("critical");
7391 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("!");
7393 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 2)
7395 battery_status = build_string ("low");
7396 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("-");
7398 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 1)
7400 battery_status = build_string ("high");
7401 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7403 else
7405 battery_status = build_string ("medium");
7406 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7409 if (system_status.BatteryLifePercent > 100)
7410 load_percentage = build_string ("N/A");
7411 else
7413 char buffer[16];
7414 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%d", system_status.BatteryLifePercent);
7415 load_percentage = build_string (buffer);
7418 if (seconds_left < 0)
7419 seconds = minutes = hours = remain = build_string ("N/A");
7420 else
7422 long m;
7423 float h;
7424 char buffer[16];
7425 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld", seconds_left);
7426 seconds = build_string (buffer);
7428 m = seconds_left / 60;
7429 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld", m);
7430 minutes = build_string (buffer);
7432 h = seconds_left / 3600.0;
7433 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%3.1f", h);
7434 hours = build_string (buffer);
7436 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld:%02ld", m / 60, m % 60);
7437 remain = build_string (buffer);
7440 status = listn (CONSTYPE_HEAP, 8,
7441 Fcons (make_number ('L'), line_status),
7442 Fcons (make_number ('B'), battery_status),
7443 Fcons (make_number ('b'), battery_status_symbol),
7444 Fcons (make_number ('p'), load_percentage),
7445 Fcons (make_number ('s'), seconds),
7446 Fcons (make_number ('m'), minutes),
7447 Fcons (make_number ('h'), hours),
7448 Fcons (make_number ('t'), remain));
7450 return status;
7454 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7455 DEFUN ("file-system-info", Ffile_system_info, Sfile_system_info, 1, 1, 0,
7456 doc: /* Return storage information about the file system FILENAME is on.
7457 Value is a list of floats (TOTAL FREE AVAIL), where TOTAL is the total
7458 storage of the file system, FREE is the free storage, and AVAIL is the
7459 storage available to a non-superuser. All 3 numbers are in bytes.
7460 If the underlying system call fails, value is nil. */)
7461 (Lisp_Object filename)
7463 Lisp_Object encoded, value;
7465 CHECK_STRING (filename);
7466 filename = Fexpand_file_name (filename, Qnil);
7467 encoded = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
7469 value = Qnil;
7471 /* Determining the required information on Windows turns out, sadly,
7472 to be more involved than one would hope. The original Windows API
7473 call for this will return bogus information on some systems, but we
7474 must dynamically probe for the replacement api, since that was
7475 added rather late on. */
7477 HMODULE hKernel = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
7478 BOOL (WINAPI *pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW)
7479 (wchar_t *, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER)
7480 = GetProcAddress (hKernel, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExW");
7481 BOOL (WINAPI *pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA)
7482 (char *, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER)
7483 = GetProcAddress (hKernel, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExA");
7484 bool have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx =
7485 (w32_unicode_filenames && pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW
7486 || !w32_unicode_filenames && pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA);
7488 /* On Windows, we may need to specify the root directory of the
7489 volume holding FILENAME. */
7490 char rootname[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
7491 wchar_t rootname_w[MAX_PATH];
7492 char rootname_a[MAX_PATH];
7493 char *name = SDATA (encoded);
7494 BOOL result;
7496 /* find the root name of the volume if given */
7497 if (isalpha (name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
7499 rootname[0] = name[0];
7500 rootname[1] = name[1];
7501 rootname[2] = '\\';
7502 rootname[3] = 0;
7504 else if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name[0]) && IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name[1]))
7506 char *str = rootname;
7507 int slashes = 4;
7510 if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (*name) && --slashes == 0)
7511 break;
7512 *str++ = *name++;
7514 while ( *name );
7516 *str++ = '\\';
7517 *str = 0;
7520 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
7521 filename_to_utf16 (rootname, rootname_w);
7522 else
7523 filename_to_ansi (rootname, rootname_a);
7525 if (have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx)
7527 /* Unsigned large integers cannot be cast to double, so
7528 use signed ones instead. */
7529 LARGE_INTEGER availbytes;
7530 LARGE_INTEGER freebytes;
7531 LARGE_INTEGER totalbytes;
7533 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
7534 result = pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW (rootname_w,
7535 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&availbytes,
7536 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&totalbytes,
7537 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&freebytes);
7538 else
7539 result = pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA (rootname_a,
7540 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&availbytes,
7541 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&totalbytes,
7542 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&freebytes);
7543 if (result)
7544 value = list3 (make_float ((double) totalbytes.QuadPart),
7545 make_float ((double) freebytes.QuadPart),
7546 make_float ((double) availbytes.QuadPart));
7548 else
7550 DWORD sectors_per_cluster;
7551 DWORD bytes_per_sector;
7552 DWORD free_clusters;
7553 DWORD total_clusters;
7555 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
7556 result = GetDiskFreeSpaceW (rootname_w,
7557 &sectors_per_cluster,
7558 &bytes_per_sector,
7559 &free_clusters,
7560 &total_clusters);
7561 else
7562 result = GetDiskFreeSpaceA (rootname_a,
7563 &sectors_per_cluster,
7564 &bytes_per_sector,
7565 &free_clusters,
7566 &total_clusters);
7567 if (result)
7568 value = list3 (make_float ((double) total_clusters
7569 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector),
7570 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7571 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector),
7572 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7573 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector));
7577 return value;
7579 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7582 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7583 DEFUN ("default-printer-name", Fdefault_printer_name, Sdefault_printer_name,
7584 0, 0, 0, doc: /* Return the name of Windows default printer device. */)
7585 (void)
7587 static char pname_buf[256];
7588 int err;
7589 HANDLE hPrn;
7590 PRINTER_INFO_2W *ppi2w = NULL;
7591 PRINTER_INFO_2A *ppi2a = NULL;
7592 DWORD dwNeeded = 0, dwReturned = 0;
7593 char server_name[MAX_UTF8_PATH], share_name[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
7594 char port_name[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
7596 /* Retrieve the default string from Win.ini (the registry).
7597 * String will be in form "printername,drivername,portname".
7598 * This is the most portable way to get the default printer. */
7599 if (GetProfileString ("windows", "device", ",,", pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf)) <= 0)
7600 return Qnil;
7601 /* printername precedes first "," character */
7602 strtok (pname_buf, ",");
7603 /* We want to know more than the printer name */
7604 if (!OpenPrinter (pname_buf, &hPrn, NULL))
7605 return Qnil;
7606 /* GetPrinterW is not supported by unicows.dll. */
7607 if (w32_unicode_filenames && os_subtype != OS_9X)
7608 GetPrinterW (hPrn, 2, NULL, 0, &dwNeeded);
7609 else
7610 GetPrinterA (hPrn, 2, NULL, 0, &dwNeeded);
7611 if (dwNeeded == 0)
7613 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7614 return Qnil;
7616 /* Call GetPrinter again with big enough memory block. */
7617 if (w32_unicode_filenames && os_subtype != OS_9X)
7619 /* Allocate memory for the PRINTER_INFO_2 struct. */
7620 ppi2w = xmalloc (dwNeeded);
7621 err = GetPrinterW (hPrn, 2, (LPBYTE)ppi2w, dwNeeded, &dwReturned);
7622 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7623 if (!err)
7625 xfree (ppi2w);
7626 return Qnil;
7629 if ((ppi2w->Attributes & PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED)
7630 && ppi2w->pServerName)
7632 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w->pServerName, server_name);
7633 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w->pShareName, share_name);
7635 else
7637 server_name[0] = '\0';
7638 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w->pPortName, port_name);
7641 else
7643 ppi2a = xmalloc (dwNeeded);
7644 err = GetPrinterA (hPrn, 2, (LPBYTE)ppi2a, dwNeeded, &dwReturned);
7645 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7646 if (!err)
7648 xfree (ppi2a);
7649 return Qnil;
7652 if ((ppi2a->Attributes & PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED)
7653 && ppi2a->pServerName)
7655 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a->pServerName, server_name);
7656 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a->pShareName, share_name);
7658 else
7660 server_name[0] = '\0';
7661 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a->pPortName, port_name);
7665 if (server_name[0])
7667 /* a remote printer */
7668 if (server_name[0] == '\\')
7669 snprintf (pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf), "%s\\%s", server_name,
7670 share_name);
7671 else
7672 snprintf (pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf), "\\\\%s\\%s", server_name,
7673 share_name);
7674 pname_buf[sizeof (pname_buf) - 1] = '\0';
7676 else
7678 /* a local printer */
7679 strncpy (pname_buf, port_name, sizeof (pname_buf));
7680 pname_buf[sizeof (pname_buf) - 1] = '\0';
7681 /* `pPortName' can include several ports, delimited by ','.
7682 * we only use the first one. */
7683 strtok (pname_buf, ",");
7686 return DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (pname_buf));
7688 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7691 /* Equivalent of strerror for W32 error codes. */
7692 char *
7693 w32_strerror (int error_no)
7695 static char buf[500];
7696 DWORD ret;
7698 if (error_no == 0)
7699 error_no = GetLastError ();
7701 ret = FormatMessage (FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
7702 FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
7703 NULL,
7704 error_no,
7705 0, /* choose most suitable language */
7706 buf, sizeof (buf), NULL);
7708 while (ret > 0 && (buf[ret - 1] == '\n' ||
7709 buf[ret - 1] == '\r' ))
7710 --ret;
7711 buf[ret] = '\0';
7712 if (!ret)
7713 sprintf (buf, "w32 error %u", error_no);
7715 return buf;
7718 /* For convenience when debugging. (You cannot call GetLastError
7719 directly from GDB: it will crash, because it uses the __stdcall
7720 calling convention, not the _cdecl convention assumed by GDB.) */
7721 DWORD
7722 w32_last_error (void)
7724 return GetLastError ();
7727 /* Cache information describing the NT system for later use. */
7728 void
7729 cache_system_info (void)
7731 union
7733 struct info
7735 char major;
7736 char minor;
7737 short platform;
7738 } info;
7739 DWORD data;
7740 } version;
7742 /* Cache the module handle of Emacs itself. */
7743 hinst = GetModuleHandle (NULL);
7745 /* Cache the version of the operating system. */
7746 version.data = GetVersion ();
7747 w32_major_version = version.info.major;
7748 w32_minor_version = version.info.minor;
7750 if (version.info.platform & 0x8000)
7751 os_subtype = OS_9X;
7752 else
7753 os_subtype = OS_NT;
7755 /* Cache page size, allocation unit, processor type, etc. */
7756 GetSystemInfo (&sysinfo_cache);
7757 syspage_mask = (DWORD_PTR)sysinfo_cache.dwPageSize - 1;
7759 /* Cache os info. */
7760 osinfo_cache.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO);
7761 GetVersionEx (&osinfo_cache);
7763 w32_build_number = osinfo_cache.dwBuildNumber;
7764 if (os_subtype == OS_9X)
7765 w32_build_number &= 0xffff;
7767 w32_num_mouse_buttons = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS);
7770 #ifdef EMACSDEBUG
7771 void
7772 _DebPrint (const char *fmt, ...)
7774 char buf[1024];
7775 va_list args;
7777 va_start (args, fmt);
7778 vsprintf (buf, fmt, args);
7779 va_end (args);
7780 #if CYGWIN
7781 fprintf (stderr, "%s", buf);
7782 #endif
7783 OutputDebugString (buf);
7785 #endif
7788 w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int vk_code, Lisp_Object new_state)
7790 int cur_state = (GetKeyState (vk_code) & 1);
7792 if (NILP (new_state)
7793 || (NUMBERP (new_state)
7794 && ((XUINT (new_state)) & 1) != cur_state))
7796 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7797 faked_key = vk_code;
7798 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7800 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7801 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7802 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
7803 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7804 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7805 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
7806 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7807 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7808 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
7809 cur_state = !cur_state;
7812 return cur_state;
7815 /* Translate console modifiers to emacs modifiers.
7816 German keyboard support (Kai Morgan Zeise 2/18/95). */
7818 w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (DWORD mods, WORD key)
7820 int retval = 0;
7822 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, and it has been
7823 pressed, first remove those modifiers. */
7824 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
7825 && (mods & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7826 == (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7827 mods &= ~ (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED);
7829 if (mods & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_ALT_PRESSED))
7830 retval = ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta)) ? alt_modifier : meta_modifier);
7832 if (mods & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7834 retval |= ctrl_modifier;
7835 if ((mods & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7836 == (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7837 retval |= meta_modifier;
7840 if (mods & LEFT_WIN_PRESSED)
7841 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN);
7842 if (mods & RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED)
7843 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN);
7844 if (mods & APPS_PRESSED)
7845 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS);
7846 if (mods & SCROLLLOCK_ON)
7847 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL);
7849 /* Just in case someone wanted the original behavior, make it
7850 optional by setting w32-capslock-is-shiftlock to t. */
7851 if (NILP (Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock)
7852 /* Keys that should _not_ be affected by CapsLock. */
7853 && ( (key == VK_BACK)
7854 || (key == VK_TAB)
7855 || (key == VK_CLEAR)
7856 || (key == VK_RETURN)
7857 || (key == VK_ESCAPE)
7858 || ((key >= VK_SPACE) && (key <= VK_HELP))
7859 || ((key >= VK_NUMPAD0) && (key <= VK_F24))
7860 || ((key >= VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR) && (key <= VK_NUMPAD_DELETE))
7863 /* Only consider shift state. */
7864 if ((mods & SHIFT_PRESSED) != 0)
7865 retval |= shift_modifier;
7867 else
7869 /* Ignore CapsLock state if not enabled. */
7870 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
7871 mods &= ~CAPSLOCK_ON;
7872 if ((mods & (SHIFT_PRESSED | CAPSLOCK_ON)) != 0)
7873 retval |= shift_modifier;
7876 return retval;
7879 /* The return code indicates key code size. cpID is the codepage to
7880 use for translation to Unicode; -1 means use the current console
7881 input codepage. */
7883 w32_kbd_patch_key (KEY_EVENT_RECORD *event, int cpId)
7885 unsigned int key_code = event->wVirtualKeyCode;
7886 unsigned int mods = event->dwControlKeyState;
7887 BYTE keystate[256];
7888 static BYTE ansi_code[4];
7889 static int isdead = 0;
7891 if (isdead == 2)
7893 event->uChar.AsciiChar = ansi_code[2];
7894 isdead = 0;
7895 return 1;
7897 if (event->uChar.AsciiChar != 0)
7898 return 1;
7900 memset (keystate, 0, sizeof (keystate));
7901 keystate[key_code] = 0x80;
7902 if (mods & SHIFT_PRESSED)
7903 keystate[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80;
7904 if (mods & CAPSLOCK_ON)
7905 keystate[VK_CAPITAL] = 1;
7906 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, set the key
7907 states accordingly before invoking ToAscii. */
7908 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
7909 && (mods & LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED) && (mods & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
7911 keystate[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
7912 keystate[VK_LCONTROL] = 0x80;
7913 keystate[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
7914 keystate[VK_RMENU] = 0x80;
7917 #if 0
7918 /* Because of an OS bug, ToAscii corrupts the stack when called to
7919 convert a dead key in console mode on NT4. Unfortunately, trying
7920 to check for dead keys using MapVirtualKey doesn't work either -
7921 these functions apparently use internal information about keyboard
7922 layout which doesn't get properly updated in console programs when
7923 changing layout (though apparently it gets partly updated,
7924 otherwise ToAscii wouldn't crash). */
7925 if (is_dead_key (event->wVirtualKeyCode))
7926 return 0;
7927 #endif
7929 /* On NT, call ToUnicode instead and then convert to the current
7930 console input codepage. */
7931 if (os_subtype == OS_NT)
7933 WCHAR buf[128];
7935 isdead = ToUnicode (event->wVirtualKeyCode, event->wVirtualScanCode,
7936 keystate, buf, 128, 0);
7937 if (isdead > 0)
7939 /* When we are called from the GUI message processing code,
7940 we are passed the current keyboard codepage, a positive
7941 number, to use below. */
7942 if (cpId == -1)
7943 cpId = GetConsoleCP ();
7945 event->uChar.UnicodeChar = buf[isdead - 1];
7946 isdead = WideCharToMultiByte (cpId, 0, buf, isdead,
7947 ansi_code, 4, NULL, NULL);
7949 else
7950 isdead = 0;
7952 else
7954 isdead = ToAscii (event->wVirtualKeyCode, event->wVirtualScanCode,
7955 keystate, (LPWORD) ansi_code, 0);
7958 if (isdead == 0)
7959 return 0;
7960 event->uChar.AsciiChar = ansi_code[0];
7961 return isdead;
7965 void
7966 w32_sys_ring_bell (struct frame *f)
7968 if (sound_type == 0xFFFFFFFF)
7970 Beep (666, 100);
7972 else if (sound_type == MB_EMACS_SILENT)
7974 /* Do nothing. */
7976 else
7977 MessageBeep (sound_type);
7981 /***********************************************************************
7982 Initialization
7983 ***********************************************************************/
7985 /* Keep this list in the same order as frame_parms in frame.c.
7986 Use 0 for unsupported frame parameters. */
7988 frame_parm_handler w32_frame_parm_handlers[] =
7990 x_set_autoraise,
7991 x_set_autolower,
7992 x_set_background_color,
7993 x_set_border_color,
7994 x_set_border_width,
7995 x_set_cursor_color,
7996 x_set_cursor_type,
7997 x_set_font,
7998 x_set_foreground_color,
7999 x_set_icon_name,
8000 x_set_icon_type,
8001 x_set_internal_border_width,
8002 x_set_right_divider_width,
8003 x_set_bottom_divider_width,
8004 x_set_menu_bar_lines,
8005 x_set_mouse_color,
8006 x_explicitly_set_name,
8007 x_set_scroll_bar_width,
8008 x_set_title,
8009 x_set_unsplittable,
8010 x_set_vertical_scroll_bars,
8011 x_set_visibility,
8012 x_set_tool_bar_lines,
8013 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_foreground, */
8014 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_background, */
8015 x_set_screen_gamma,
8016 x_set_line_spacing,
8017 x_set_fringe_width,
8018 x_set_fringe_width,
8019 0, /* x_set_wait_for_wm, */
8020 x_set_fullscreen,
8021 x_set_font_backend,
8022 x_set_alpha,
8023 0, /* x_set_sticky */
8024 0, /* x_set_tool_bar_position */
8027 void
8028 syms_of_w32fns (void)
8030 globals_of_w32fns ();
8031 track_mouse_window = NULL;
8033 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
8035 DEFSYM (Qsuppress_icon, "suppress-icon");
8036 DEFSYM (Qundefined_color, "undefined-color");
8037 DEFSYM (Qcancel_timer, "cancel-timer");
8038 DEFSYM (Qhyper, "hyper");
8039 DEFSYM (Qsuper, "super");
8040 DEFSYM (Qmeta, "meta");
8041 DEFSYM (Qalt, "alt");
8042 DEFSYM (Qctrl, "ctrl");
8043 DEFSYM (Qcontrol, "control");
8044 DEFSYM (Qshift, "shift");
8045 DEFSYM (Qfont_param, "font-parameter");
8046 DEFSYM (Qgeometry, "geometry");
8047 DEFSYM (Qworkarea, "workarea");
8048 DEFSYM (Qmm_size, "mm-size");
8049 DEFSYM (Qframes, "frames");
8050 /* This is the end of symbol initialization. */
8053 Fput (Qundefined_color, Qerror_conditions,
8054 listn (CONSTYPE_PURE, 2, Qundefined_color, Qerror));
8055 Fput (Qundefined_color, Qerror_message,
8056 build_pure_c_string ("Undefined color"));
8058 staticpro (&w32_grabbed_keys);
8059 w32_grabbed_keys = Qnil;
8061 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-color-map", Vw32_color_map,
8062 doc: /* An array of color name mappings for Windows. */);
8063 Vw32_color_map = Qnil;
8065 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-alt-to-system", Vw32_pass_alt_to_system,
8066 doc: /* Non-nil if Alt key presses are passed on to Windows.
8067 When non-nil, for example, Alt pressed and released and then space will
8068 open the System menu. When nil, Emacs processes the Alt key events, and
8069 then silently swallows them. */);
8070 Vw32_pass_alt_to_system = Qnil;
8072 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-alt-is-meta", Vw32_alt_is_meta,
8073 doc: /* Non-nil if the Alt key is to be considered the same as the META key.
8074 When nil, Emacs will translate the Alt key to the ALT modifier, not to META. */);
8075 Vw32_alt_is_meta = Qt;
8077 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-quit-key", w32_quit_key,
8078 doc: /* If non-zero, the virtual key code for an alternative quit key. */);
8079 w32_quit_key = 0;
8081 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-lwindow-to-system",
8082 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system,
8083 doc: /* If non-nil, the left \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
8085 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
8086 If you set this to nil, the left \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
8087 according to the value of `w32-lwindow-modifier', which see.
8089 Note that some combinations of the left \"Windows\" key with other keys are
8090 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
8091 effect. For example, <lwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
8092 <lwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
8093 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
8094 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system = Qt;
8096 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-rwindow-to-system",
8097 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system,
8098 doc: /* If non-nil, the right \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
8100 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
8101 If you set this to nil, the right \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
8102 according to the value of `w32-rwindow-modifier', which see.
8104 Note that some combinations of the right \"Windows\" key with other keys are
8105 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
8106 effect. For example, <rwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
8107 <rwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
8108 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
8109 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system = Qt;
8111 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-phantom-key-code",
8112 Vw32_phantom_key_code,
8113 doc: /* Virtual key code used to generate \"phantom\" key presses.
8114 Value is a number between 0 and 255.
8116 Phantom key presses are generated in order to stop the system from
8117 acting on \"Windows\" key events when `w32-pass-lwindow-to-system' or
8118 `w32-pass-rwindow-to-system' is nil. */);
8119 /* Although 255 is technically not a valid key code, it works and
8120 means that this hack won't interfere with any real key code. */
8121 XSETINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code, 255);
8123 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-num-lock",
8124 Vw32_enable_num_lock,
8125 doc: /* If non-nil, the Num Lock key acts normally.
8126 Set to nil to handle Num Lock as the `kp-numlock' key. */);
8127 Vw32_enable_num_lock = Qt;
8129 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-caps-lock",
8130 Vw32_enable_caps_lock,
8131 doc: /* If non-nil, the Caps Lock key acts normally.
8132 Set to nil to handle Caps Lock as the `capslock' key. */);
8133 Vw32_enable_caps_lock = Qt;
8135 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-scroll-lock-modifier",
8136 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier,
8137 doc: /* Modifier to use for the Scroll Lock ON state.
8138 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8139 respective modifier, or nil to handle Scroll Lock as the `scroll' key.
8140 Any other value will cause the Scroll Lock key to be ignored. */);
8141 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier = Qnil;
8143 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-lwindow-modifier",
8144 Vw32_lwindow_modifier,
8145 doc: /* Modifier to use for the left \"Windows\" key.
8146 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8147 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `lwindow' key.
8148 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8149 Vw32_lwindow_modifier = Qnil;
8151 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-rwindow-modifier",
8152 Vw32_rwindow_modifier,
8153 doc: /* Modifier to use for the right \"Windows\" key.
8154 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8155 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `rwindow' key.
8156 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8157 Vw32_rwindow_modifier = Qnil;
8159 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-apps-modifier",
8160 Vw32_apps_modifier,
8161 doc: /* Modifier to use for the \"Apps\" key.
8162 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8163 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `apps' key.
8164 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8165 Vw32_apps_modifier = Qnil;
8167 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-synthesized-fonts", w32_enable_synthesized_fonts,
8168 doc: /* Non-nil enables selection of artificially italicized and bold fonts. */);
8169 w32_enable_synthesized_fonts = 0;
8171 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-palette", Vw32_enable_palette,
8172 doc: /* Non-nil enables Windows palette management to map colors exactly. */);
8173 Vw32_enable_palette = Qt;
8175 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-button-tolerance",
8176 w32_mouse_button_tolerance,
8177 doc: /* Analogue of double click interval for faking middle mouse events.
8178 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
8179 left and right button down events before they are considered distinct events.
8180 If both mouse buttons are depressed within this interval, a middle mouse
8181 button down event is generated instead. */);
8182 w32_mouse_button_tolerance = GetDoubleClickTime () / 2;
8184 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-move-interval",
8185 w32_mouse_move_interval,
8186 doc: /* Minimum interval between mouse move events.
8187 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
8188 successive mouse move (or scroll bar drag) events before they are
8189 reported as lisp events. */);
8190 w32_mouse_move_interval = 0;
8192 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system",
8193 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system,
8194 doc: /* If non-nil, the fourth and fifth mouse buttons are passed to Windows.
8195 Recent versions of Windows support mice with up to five buttons.
8196 Since most applications don't support these extra buttons, most mouse
8197 drivers will allow you to map them to functions at the system level.
8198 If this variable is non-nil, Emacs will pass them on, allowing the
8199 system to handle them. */);
8200 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system = 0;
8202 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-multimedia-buttons-to-system",
8203 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system,
8204 doc: /* If non-nil, media buttons are passed to Windows.
8205 Some modern keyboards contain buttons for controlling media players, web
8206 browsers and other applications. Generally these buttons are handled on a
8207 system wide basis, but by setting this to nil they are made available
8208 to Emacs for binding. Depending on your keyboard, additional keys that
8209 may be available are:
8211 browser-back, browser-forward, browser-refresh, browser-stop,
8212 browser-search, browser-favorites, browser-home,
8213 mail, mail-reply, mail-forward, mail-send,
8214 app-1, app-2,
8215 help, find, new, open, close, save, print, undo, redo, copy, cut, paste,
8216 spell-check, correction-list, toggle-dictate-command,
8217 media-next, media-previous, media-stop, media-play-pause, media-select,
8218 media-play, media-pause, media-record, media-fast-forward, media-rewind,
8219 media-channel-up, media-channel-down,
8220 volume-mute, volume-up, volume-down,
8221 mic-volume-mute, mic-volume-down, mic-volume-up, mic-toggle,
8222 bass-down, bass-boost, bass-up, treble-down, treble-up */);
8223 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system = 1;
8225 #if 0 /* TODO: Mouse cursor customization. */
8226 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pointer-shape", Vx_pointer_shape,
8227 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when over text.
8228 Changing the value does not affect existing frames
8229 unless you set the mouse color. */);
8230 Vx_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8232 Vx_nontext_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8234 Vx_mode_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8236 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hourglass-pointer-shape", Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape,
8237 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when Emacs is busy.
8238 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8239 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8240 Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8242 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape",
8243 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape,
8244 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when over mouse-sensitive text.
8245 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8246 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8247 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8249 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-horizontal-drag-cursor",
8250 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape,
8251 doc: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged horizontally.
8252 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8253 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8254 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape = Qnil;
8256 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-vertical-drag-cursor",
8257 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape,
8258 doc: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged vertically.
8259 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8260 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8261 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape = Qnil;
8262 #endif
8264 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-cursor-fore-pixel", Vx_cursor_fore_pixel,
8265 doc: /* A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box. */);
8266 Vx_cursor_fore_pixel = Qnil;
8268 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-max-tooltip-size", Vx_max_tooltip_size,
8269 doc: /* Maximum size for tooltips.
8270 Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS). Text larger than this is clipped. */);
8271 Vx_max_tooltip_size = Fcons (make_number (80), make_number (40));
8273 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-no-window-manager", Vx_no_window_manager,
8274 doc: /* Non-nil if no window manager is in use.
8275 Emacs doesn't try to figure this out; this is always nil
8276 unless you set it to something else. */);
8277 /* We don't have any way to find this out, so set it to nil
8278 and maybe the user would like to set it to t. */
8279 Vx_no_window_manager = Qnil;
8281 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pixel-size-width-font-regexp",
8282 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp,
8283 doc: /* Regexp matching a font name whose width is the same as `PIXEL_SIZE'.
8285 Since Emacs gets width of a font matching with this regexp from
8286 PIXEL_SIZE field of the name, font finding mechanism gets faster for
8287 such a font. This is especially effective for such large fonts as
8288 Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. */);
8289 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp = Qnil;
8291 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-bdf-filename-alist",
8292 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist,
8293 doc: /* List of bdf fonts and their corresponding filenames. */);
8294 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist = Qnil;
8296 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-fontnames",
8297 w32_strict_fontnames,
8298 doc: /* Non-nil means only use fonts that are exact matches for those requested.
8299 Default is nil, which allows old fontnames that are not XLFD compliant,
8300 and allows third-party CJK display to work by specifying false charset
8301 fields to trick Emacs into translating to Big5, SJIS etc.
8302 Setting this to t will prevent wrong fonts being selected when
8303 fontsets are automatically created. */);
8304 w32_strict_fontnames = 0;
8306 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-painting",
8307 w32_strict_painting,
8308 doc: /* Non-nil means use strict rules for repainting frames.
8309 Set this to nil to get the old behavior for repainting; this should
8310 only be necessary if the default setting causes problems. */);
8311 w32_strict_painting = 1;
8313 #if 0 /* TODO: Port to W32 */
8314 defsubr (&Sx_change_window_property);
8315 defsubr (&Sx_delete_window_property);
8316 defsubr (&Sx_window_property);
8317 #endif
8318 defsubr (&Sxw_display_color_p);
8319 defsubr (&Sx_display_grayscale_p);
8320 defsubr (&Sxw_color_defined_p);
8321 defsubr (&Sxw_color_values);
8322 defsubr (&Sx_server_max_request_size);
8323 defsubr (&Sx_server_vendor);
8324 defsubr (&Sx_server_version);
8325 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_width);
8326 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_height);
8327 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_width);
8328 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_height);
8329 defsubr (&Sx_display_screens);
8330 defsubr (&Sx_display_planes);
8331 defsubr (&Sx_display_color_cells);
8332 defsubr (&Sx_display_visual_class);
8333 defsubr (&Sx_display_backing_store);
8334 defsubr (&Sx_display_save_under);
8335 defsubr (&Sx_create_frame);
8336 defsubr (&Sx_open_connection);
8337 defsubr (&Sx_close_connection);
8338 defsubr (&Sx_display_list);
8339 defsubr (&Sx_synchronize);
8341 /* W32 specific functions */
8343 defsubr (&Sw32_define_rgb_color);
8344 defsubr (&Sw32_default_color_map);
8345 defsubr (&Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list);
8346 defsubr (&Sw32_send_sys_command);
8347 defsubr (&Sw32_shell_execute);
8348 defsubr (&Sw32_register_hot_key);
8349 defsubr (&Sw32_unregister_hot_key);
8350 defsubr (&Sw32_registered_hot_keys);
8351 defsubr (&Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key);
8352 defsubr (&Sw32_toggle_lock_key);
8353 defsubr (&Sw32_window_exists_p);
8354 defsubr (&Sw32_frame_rect);
8355 defsubr (&Sw32_battery_status);
8357 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
8358 defsubr (&Sfile_system_info);
8359 defsubr (&Sdefault_printer_name);
8360 #endif
8362 defsubr (&Sset_message_beep);
8364 hourglass_hwnd = NULL;
8366 defsubr (&Sx_show_tip);
8367 defsubr (&Sx_hide_tip);
8368 tip_timer = Qnil;
8369 staticpro (&tip_timer);
8370 tip_frame = Qnil;
8371 staticpro (&tip_frame);
8373 last_show_tip_args = Qnil;
8374 staticpro (&last_show_tip_args);
8376 defsubr (&Sx_file_dialog);
8377 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
8378 defsubr (&Ssystem_move_file_to_trash);
8379 #endif
8384 /* Crashing and reporting backtrace. */
8386 #ifndef CYGWIN
8387 static LONG CALLBACK my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS *);
8388 static LPTOP_LEVEL_EXCEPTION_FILTER prev_exception_handler;
8389 #endif
8390 static DWORD except_code;
8391 static PVOID except_addr;
8393 #ifndef CYGWIN
8394 /* This handler records the exception code and the address where it
8395 was triggered so that this info could be included in the backtrace.
8396 Without that, the backtrace in some cases has no information
8397 whatsoever about the offending code, and looks as if the top-level
8398 exception handler in the MinGW startup code di the one that
8399 crashed. */
8400 static LONG CALLBACK
8401 my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS * exception_data)
8403 except_code = exception_data->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionCode;
8404 except_addr = exception_data->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionAddress;
8406 if (prev_exception_handler)
8407 return prev_exception_handler (exception_data);
8408 return EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER;
8410 #endif
8412 typedef USHORT (WINAPI * CaptureStackBackTrace_proc) (ULONG, ULONG, PVOID *,
8413 PULONG);
8415 #define BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX 62
8418 w32_backtrace (void **buffer, int limit)
8420 static CaptureStackBackTrace_proc s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace = NULL;
8421 HMODULE hm_kernel32 = NULL;
8423 if (!s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace)
8425 hm_kernel32 = LoadLibrary ("Kernel32.dll");
8426 s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace =
8427 (CaptureStackBackTrace_proc) GetProcAddress (hm_kernel32,
8428 "RtlCaptureStackBackTrace");
8430 if (s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace)
8431 return s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace (0, min (BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX, limit),
8432 buffer, NULL);
8433 return 0;
8436 void
8437 emacs_abort (void)
8439 int button;
8440 button = MessageBox (NULL,
8441 "A fatal error has occurred!\n\n"
8442 "Would you like to attach a debugger?\n\n"
8443 "Select:\n"
8444 "YES -- to debug Emacs, or\n"
8445 "NO -- to abort Emacs and produce a backtrace\n"
8446 " (emacs_backtrace.txt in current directory)."
8447 #if __GNUC__
8448 "\n\n(type \"gdb -p <emacs-PID>\" and\n"
8449 "\"continue\" inside GDB before clicking YES.)"
8450 #endif
8451 , "Emacs Abort Dialog",
8452 MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_TASKMODAL
8453 | MB_SETFOREGROUND | MB_YESNO);
8454 switch (button)
8456 case IDYES:
8457 DebugBreak ();
8458 exit (2); /* tell the compiler we will never return */
8459 case IDNO:
8460 default:
8462 void *stack[BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX + 1];
8463 int i = w32_backtrace (stack, BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX + 1);
8465 if (i)
8467 int errfile_fd = -1;
8468 int j;
8469 char buf[sizeof ("\r\nException at this address:\r\n\r\n")
8470 /* The type below should really be 'void *', but
8471 INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND cannot handle that without
8472 triggering compiler warnings (under certain
8473 pedantic warning switches), it wants an
8474 integer type. */
8475 + 2 * INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (intptr_t)];
8476 #ifdef CYGWIN
8477 int stderr_fd = 2;
8478 #else
8479 HANDLE errout = GetStdHandle (STD_ERROR_HANDLE);
8480 int stderr_fd = -1;
8482 if (errout && errout != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
8483 stderr_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t)errout, O_APPEND | O_BINARY);
8484 #endif
8486 /* We use %p, not 0x%p, as %p produces a leading "0x" on XP,
8487 but not on Windows 7. addr2line doesn't mind a missing
8488 "0x", but will be confused by an extra one. */
8489 if (except_addr)
8490 sprintf (buf, "\r\nException 0x%lx at this address:\r\n%p\r\n",
8491 except_code, except_addr);
8492 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8494 if (except_addr)
8495 write (stderr_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8496 write (stderr_fd, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8498 #ifdef CYGWIN
8499 #define _open open
8500 #endif
8501 errfile_fd = _open ("emacs_backtrace.txt", O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_BINARY, S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
8502 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8504 lseek (errfile_fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
8505 if (except_addr)
8506 write (errfile_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8507 write (errfile_fd, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8510 for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
8512 /* stack[] gives the return addresses, whereas we want
8513 the address of the call, so decrease each address
8514 by approximate size of 1 CALL instruction. */
8515 sprintf (buf, "%p\r\n", (char *)stack[j] - sizeof(void *));
8516 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8517 write (stderr_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8518 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8519 write (errfile_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8521 if (i == BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX)
8523 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8524 write (stderr_fd, "...\r\n", 5);
8525 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8526 write (errfile_fd, "...\r\n", 5);
8528 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8529 close (errfile_fd);
8531 abort ();
8532 break;
8539 /* Initialization. */
8542 globals_of_w32fns is used to initialize those global variables that
8543 must always be initialized on startup even when the global variable
8544 initialized is non zero (see the function main in emacs.c).
8545 globals_of_w32fns is called from syms_of_w32fns when the global
8546 variable initialized is 0 and directly from main when initialized
8547 is non zero.
8549 void
8550 globals_of_w32fns (void)
8552 HMODULE user32_lib = GetModuleHandle ("user32.dll");
8554 TrackMouseEvent not available in all versions of Windows, so must load
8555 it dynamically. Do it once, here, instead of every time it is used.
8557 track_mouse_event_fn = (TrackMouseEvent_Proc)
8558 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "TrackMouseEvent");
8560 monitor_from_point_fn = (MonitorFromPoint_Proc)
8561 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "MonitorFromPoint");
8562 get_monitor_info_fn = (GetMonitorInfo_Proc)
8563 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "GetMonitorInfoA");
8564 monitor_from_window_fn = (MonitorFromWindow_Proc)
8565 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "MonitorFromWindow");
8566 enum_display_monitors_fn = (EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc)
8567 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "EnumDisplayMonitors");
8570 HMODULE imm32_lib = GetModuleHandle ("imm32.dll");
8571 get_composition_string_fn = (ImmGetCompositionString_Proc)
8572 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmGetCompositionStringW");
8573 get_ime_context_fn = (ImmGetContext_Proc)
8574 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmGetContext");
8575 release_ime_context_fn = (ImmReleaseContext_Proc)
8576 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmReleaseContext");
8577 set_ime_composition_window_fn = (ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc)
8578 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmSetCompositionWindow");
8581 except_code = 0;
8582 except_addr = 0;
8583 #ifndef CYGWIN
8584 prev_exception_handler = SetUnhandledExceptionFilter (my_exception_handler);
8585 #endif
8587 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-ansi-code-page",
8588 w32_ansi_code_page,
8589 doc: /* The ANSI code page used by the system. */);
8590 w32_ansi_code_page = GetACP ();
8592 if (os_subtype == OS_NT)
8593 w32_unicode_gui = 1;
8594 else
8595 w32_unicode_gui = 0;
8597 /* MessageBox does not work without this when linked to comctl32.dll 6.0. */
8598 InitCommonControls ();
8600 syms_of_w32uniscribe ();
8603 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
8605 Lisp_Object
8606 ntgui_encode_system (Lisp_Object str)
8608 Lisp_Object encoded;
8609 to_unicode (str, &encoded);
8610 return encoded;
8613 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */